WO2011136247A1 - Novel heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative - Google Patents

Novel heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011136247A1
WO2011136247A1 PCT/JP2011/060214 JP2011060214W WO2011136247A1 WO 2011136247 A1 WO2011136247 A1 WO 2011136247A1 JP 2011060214 W JP2011060214 W JP 2011060214W WO 2011136247 A1 WO2011136247 A1 WO 2011136247A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
optionally substituted
substituted
alkyl
atom
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/060214
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
成宏 浅野
学 渡邊
義明 磯部
Original Assignee
大日本住友製薬株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大日本住友製薬株式会社 filed Critical 大日本住友製薬株式会社
Publication of WO2011136247A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011136247A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative useful as a medicine. More specifically, the present invention relates to a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative that is effective for the prevention and / or treatment of diseases associated with signal transduction via a Toll-like receptor (TLR). Specifically, diseases involving autoimmunity (sepsis, inflammation, allergies, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infections, cancer), immunodeficiencies or neurodegenerative diseases (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.) The present invention relates to a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative as a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent.
  • TLR Toll-like receptor
  • TLRs innate immunity
  • TLR 1 -TLR 10 10 human TLRs
  • TLR discriminates a specific molecular structure (pasogen-associated molecular pattern, PAMPs) typified by cell wall components and DNA of pathogenic microorganisms, induces an immune response of the host, and is responsible for biological defense ( Nature Reviews Immunology, 2001, 1, 135-145).
  • TLR 2 transmits signals such as peptidoglycan, which is a component of microbial cell wall, and zymosan of yeast
  • TLR 4 transmits a signal of lipopolysaccharide (LPS), which is a component of Gram-negative cell wall, from outside the host cell. It is transmitted into cells (Nature Immunology, 2001, 2, 675-680).
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • TLR 9 expressed in endosomes in host cells has been reported to recognize DNA of pathogenic microorganisms and CpG DNA, and has attracted particular attention (Nature, 2000, 408, 740-745 or Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2001, 98, 9237-9242). Therefore, drugs and / or compositions useful for controlling innate immunity via this TLR are used in the following diseases involving autoimmunity (sepsis, inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, Infectious diseases, cancer), immunodeficiencies or neurodegenerative diseases (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.) can be prophylactic and / or therapeutic agents.
  • autoimmune disease is a disease that leads to tissue damage due to the continuous production of antibodies or lymphocytes that react with components that constitute the tissue of the self, and includes the following (1) organ-specific self There are two broad categories: immune diseases and (2) non-organ-specific autoimmune diseases (systemic autoimmune diseases).
  • Organ-specific autoimmune diseases Hashimoto's disease, primary myxedema, thyroid poisoning, pernicious anemia, Good-pasture syndrome, acute progressive glomerulonephritis, myasthenia gravis, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous Pemphigus, insulin resistant diabetes, juvenile diabetes, type I diabetes, Addison's disease, atrophic gastritis, male infertility, premature menopause, phakogenic uveitis, multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, primary Biliary cirrhosis, chronic active hepatitis, autoimmune blood diseases (eg, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia), paroxysmal hemoglobinuria, primary biliary cirrhosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome , Graves' disease, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, interstitial pulmonary fibrosis and chronic discoid lupus erythematosus.
  • Non-organ-specific autoimmune disease (systemic autoimmune disease): rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, systemic sclerosis, polyarteritis nodosa, allergic granulation Seed vasculitis, scleroderma and mixed connective tissue disease.
  • SIRS Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome
  • TLR 9 can be expected to selectively control immune responses elicited from pathogenic microorganisms.
  • TLR 9 inhibitors can be expected to have further effects when used alone, in combination with TLR 2 inhibitors, in combination with TLR 4 inhibitors, or in combination with TLR 2 inhibitors and TLR 4. I can expect. Further effects on sepsis-related diseases can be expected by combination therapy in combination with existing sepsis treatment methods such as existing antibacterial agents and blood coagulants.
  • Chloroquine (a) developed as an antimalarial drug is also used for the treatment of various autoimmune diseases (such as rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus), and is also useful as an anti-inflammatory drug. Recently, it has been reported that the mechanism of action of chloroquine and its analog quinacrine (b) against the autoimmune disease is due to TLR 9 antagonism (European Journal of Immunology, 2004, 34, 2541-2550). ).
  • Patent Document 1 The following representative compound (c) is also disclosed as a compound having TLR 7 , TLR 8 and TLR 9 antagonism, but the structure is different from the compound of the present invention (Patent Document 2).
  • the present inventors have found that a novel compound represented by the following formula (I) exhibits a strong TLR inhibitory action and can be a useful drug for the prevention and / or treatment of severe sepsis.
  • the present invention has been completed.
  • a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative represented by the following formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “the compound of the present invention”) is provided. That is, the present invention is as follows.
  • a 1 and A 2 represent the following formula (A) or (B), When A 1 is Formula (A), A 2 represents formula (B), When A 1 is Formula (B), A 2 represents formula (A), X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 -, - X 1 -CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 - X 2- , -X 1 -NR 5 -X 2 -or -X 1 -O-X 2- X 1 represents an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkylene, and when X is —X 1 —, X 1 is an unsubstituted C 2-3 alkylene or an optionally substituted C 4 -8 alkylene, and X is -X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2- , -X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 -X 2-
  • X is —X 1 —, and the carbon atoms of each group of the group of R 1 —X 1 may be bonded to each other to be substituted; when forming a nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycle 10-membered, X 1 is optionally C 4-8 alkylene optionally substituted, or, X 1 is n- propylene (However, the position of forming the rings are carbon atoms at position 1 or 3 of the n- propylene) is' Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • substituents which are the same or different (wherein the groups shown in the above (6) and (7) are (A) a hydroxyl group, (B) halogen, (C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (E) cyano, (F) carboxyl, (G) -NR 10 R 11 , (H) -CONR 10 R 11 , (I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-.
  • the groups shown in (5), (9), (13) and (14) are the above (a) hydroxyl group, (B) halogen, (C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (H) -CONR 10 R 11 , (I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- );
  • the optionally substituted cycloalkyl (saturated carbocycle) and the optionally substituted saturated heterocycle are the above (a), (b), (c), (d), (h), (i) and A group which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of (j);
  • a 2 is formula (B)
  • a 2 is formula (A)
  • X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 -, - X 1 -CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 - X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 5 —X 2 — or —X 1 —O—X 2 —
  • X 1 is C 1-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, wherein X 1 When is —X 1 —, X 1 is unsubstituted C 2-3 alkylene, or substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group,
  • X is —X 1 —NR 5 CO—X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 6 CONR 5 —X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 5 —X 2 —.
  • X 1 may be substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl.
  • X 2 is C 2-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl
  • Y is a hydrogen atom
  • a C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy
  • Het is a 5-6 membered heteroarylene containing a nitrogen atom
  • W is —W 1 —, —NR 7 —W 1 —, —NR 7 CO—W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 — or —O—W 1 —,
  • W is —W 1
  • X 1 is the same as selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, and C 1-10 alkyl.
  • C 4-8 alkylene which may be substituted with one or three different substituents, or n-propylene (provided that the ring is formed at the 1- or 3-position carbon atom of n-propylene).
  • a 1 is the formula (A), and A 2 is the formula (B).
  • Item 4 The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is the same selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) Or optionally substituted with 1 to 3 different substituents) and substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of 4 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycle C 1-10 alkyl; a C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-5 alkoxy , Item 5.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-3 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- and carbamoyl.
  • C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the above, substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom
  • C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl
  • 4 to 10 membered optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, fluorine and C 1-10 alkyl
  • a saturated heterocyclic ring Each group of R 1 -R 2 or R 3 -R 4 is a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is , Which may be the same as the substituent which may be substituted in each group constituting the ring), Item 6.
  • Het is a divalent group of pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, thiazole, oxazole, isoxazole or isothiazole.
  • Item 7 The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Y is a hydrogen atom; or C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom, and X 1 — Y is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted containing carbon atoms of each group and containing exactly one nitrogen atom (the substituent on the ring is each group constituting the ring) And may be the same as the substituent which may be substituted, and may not form a morpholine ring as the ring), Item 8.
  • W is -W 1- , -NR 7 -W 1 -or -O-W 1- , and any one of R 3 -R 7 , R 3 -W 1 or R 7 -W 1
  • the group is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of carbon atoms of each group (the substituent of the ring may be substituted in each group constituting the ring) The same as a good substituent), Item 9.
  • X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 - or -X 1 -O-X 2 - is and, X 1 - Any one of Y, R 1 -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 1 -R 5 or R 5 -X 2 may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of the respective groups 4 A 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring (substituent of the ring is the same as the substituent which may be substituted in each group constituting the ring), Item 10.
  • X 1 is C 1-4 alkylene
  • X 2 is C 2-4 alkylene.
  • Item 11 The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is n-propylene, wherein R 1 -X 1 does not form a ring, The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom; C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with fluorine; halogen; or C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with fluorine is there, Item 13.
  • Het is a divalent group of pyridine or thiazole. Item 14. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Het is a divalent group of pyrrole.
  • Item 14 The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any one of items 1 to 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a disease associated with a toll-like receptor comprising the compound according to any one of items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a therapeutic agent for a disease associated with Toll-like receptor 7 and / or 9 comprising the compound according to any one of Items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, and / or Or prophylactic agent.
  • a Toll-like receptor comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of Items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a mammal in need of treatment.
  • a method for the treatment and / or prevention of diseases associated with the body [Item 23] Use of the compound according to any one of Items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic and / or preventive agent for a disease associated with a toll-like receptor. use.
  • the compounds of the present invention prevent and / or treat autoimmune diseases, specifically diseases involving autoimmunity (inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infection, cancer), immunodeficiency It is useful as a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for symptom or neurodegenerative disease (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.).
  • autoimmune diseases specifically diseases involving autoimmunity (inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infection, cancer), immunodeficiency
  • a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for symptom or neurodegenerative disease (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.).
  • TLR inhibitor that selectively inhibits TLR, it is useful as a pharmaceutical effective for the prevention and / or treatment of sepsis, particularly severe sepsis.
  • TLR inhibitor that selectively inhibits TLR, a cancer growth suppressing effect and / or a cancer cell death inducing effect can be expected, and it is also useful as a pharmaceutical effective for the prevention and / or treatment of cancer. It is.
  • the compounds of the present invention may exist in the form of hydrates and / or solvates, these hydrates and / or solvates are also included in the compounds of the present invention.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may have one or more than one asymmetric carbon atom, and may cause geometric isomerism and axial chirality. May exist. In the present invention, these stereoisomers, mixtures thereof and racemates are included in the compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention.
  • a deuterium converter obtained by converting any one or two or more 1 H of compound (I) to 2 H (D) is also encompassed in compound (I) of the present invention.
  • the number of substituents in the “substituted” group is not particularly limited as long as it can be substituted, unless otherwise specified, and is 1 or 2 or more.
  • a group not particularly described means an unsubstituted group.
  • the description of each group also applies when the group is a part of another group or a substituent.
  • Alkyl means a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • C 1-3 alkyl or “C 1-10 alkyl” has 1 carbon atom.
  • Each represents ⁇ 3 or 1-10 alkyl.
  • butyl isobutyl, sec -Butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, isooctyl, nonyl, decyl and the like.
  • C 1-3 alkyl is preferable.
  • “Cycloalkyl” or “saturated carbocycle” means a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, for example, “C 3-8 cycloalkyl” means a 3- to 8-membered cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group. means. Specific examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like. Preferably, a 5- to 7-membered cycloalkyl group is used.
  • Aryl or “unsaturated carbocycle” includes 6-12 membered monocyclic, bicyclic aryl groups. Specific examples include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl and the like. Preferable examples include monocyclic or 8 to 10-membered bicyclic aryl groups having 6 carbon atoms, such as phenyl and naphthyl.
  • “Heteroaryl” or “unsaturated heterocycle” is a 5- to 7-membered single ring containing 1 to 4 atoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
  • Examples thereof include a cyclic aromatic heterocycle, a 9 to 11-membered bicyclic aromatic heterocycle, and a 12 to 15-membered tricyclic aromatic heterocycle.
  • Preferable examples include 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic heterocycles, and specific examples include pyridyl, imidazoly
  • Halogen means each atom of fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Preferably, each atom of fluorine, chlorine or bromine is used.
  • Alkoxy means a group in which a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group is bonded via an oxygen atom, for example, “C 1-3 alkoxy” or “C 1 the -5 alkoxy "means an alkoxy of 1 to 3 or 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • C 1-3 alkoxy methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and the like can be mentioned, and in the case of “C 1-5 alkoxy”, butoxy, isobutoxy, and sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, tert-pentoxy and the like.
  • C 1-3 alkoxy is preferable.
  • saturated heterocycle means a carbon atom and a saturated ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms in addition to carbon atoms; for example, “4 to 10-membered saturated heterocycle” means other than carbon atoms Means a saturated ring composed of 4 to 10 atoms including 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
  • the hetero atom include the same or different nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom, preferably nitrogen atom or oxygen atom, more preferably nitrogen atom.
  • Specific examples include azetidinyl, pyrrolidyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, homopiperidyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, oxotetrahydrothiopyranyl, dioxotetrahydrothiopyranyl and the like. It is done.
  • Preferred is a 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring and specific examples include azetidinyl, pyrrolidyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, homopiperidyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl.
  • “4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring” means a saturated ring composed of 4 to 10 atoms containing 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms (wherein the saturated ring is further 1 Carbon atoms may be substituted with oxygen or sulfur atoms).
  • a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring is preferable.
  • Alkylene means a straight hydrocarbon chain, unless otherwise defined, in which part of the methylene may be substituted with cycloalkylene.
  • C 2-4 alkylene means a straight hydrocarbon chain having 2 to 4, 2 to 8 or 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Means.
  • C 2-4 alkylene ethylene, propylene, butylene, cyclobutylene and the like can be mentioned.
  • C 2-6 alkylene in addition to the above, pentamethylene
  • C 1-8 alkylene in addition to the above, methylene, octamethylene and the like can be mentioned.
  • C 2-4 alkylene is preferable.
  • bonded with the same carbon atom may form a ring together.
  • C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- include methylcarbonyl-, ethylcarbonyl-, propylcarbonyl-, isopropylcarbonyl-, butylcarbonyl-, isobutylcarbonyl-, tert-butylcarbonyl- and the like. It is done. “C 1-3 alkylcarbonyl-” is preferable, and methylcarbonyl- is more preferable.
  • C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl- examples include methoxycarbonyl-, ethoxycarbonyl-, propoxycarbonyl-, isopropoxycarbonyl-, butoxycarbonyl-, isobutoxycarbonyl-, tert-butoxycarbonyl-, pen And the like. “C 1-3 alkoxycarbonyl-” is preferable, and methoxycarbonyl- is more preferable.
  • the groups shown in the above (6) and (7) are (A) a hydroxyl group, (B) halogen, (C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (E) cyano, (F) carboxyl, (G) —NR 10 R 11 (H) -CONR 10 R 11 , (I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-.
  • the groups shown in (5), (9), (13) and (14) are the above (a) hydroxyl group, (B) halogen, (C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups, (H) -CONR 10 R 11 , (I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- ).
  • a substituent of (1), (2), (8), (11), (12) or (13) is preferable, and a fluorine atom, (2) or unsubstituted (8) is more preferable. Is mentioned.
  • Examples of the substituent of the optionally substituted cycloalkyl (saturated carbocyclic ring) and optionally substituted saturated heterocyclic ring include the aforementioned (a), (b), (c), (d), (h), (I) and (j) are mentioned. Among these, a substituent of (a), (b), (c) or (h) is preferable, and (a), a fluorine atom or (c) is more preferable.
  • Examples of the substituent of the optionally substituted aryl (unsaturated carbocycle) and the optionally substituted heteroaryl (unsaturated heterocycle) include the above (a) to (j). Among these, a substituent of (a), (b), (c) or (h) is preferable, and (a), a fluorine atom or (c) is more preferable.
  • Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound (I) include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, phosphate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, citric acid, and the like. Acid addition salts such as acid salts, fumarate salts, gluconate salts, lactate salts, maleate salts, malate salts, oxalate salts, methanesulfonate salts, tartrate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.
  • inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, phosphate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, citric acid, and the like.
  • Acid addition salts such as acid salts, fumarate salts, gluconate salts, lactate salts, maleate salts, malate salts, oxalate salts, methanesulfonate salt
  • Alkali metal salts such as alkali metal salts, magnesium salts and calcium salts, metal salts such as aluminum salts and zinc salts, ammonium salts such as ammonium and tetramethylammonium, organic amine additions such as morpholine addition salts and piperidine addition salts
  • amino acid addition salts such as glycine addition salts, phenylalanine addition salts, lysine addition salts, aspartic acid addition salts, glutamic acid addition salts, and the like.
  • a 1 is the formula (A) and A 2 is the formula (B).
  • X 1 is preferably C 1-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, and more preferably , C 1-4 alkylene.
  • X 2 is preferably C 2-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, and more preferably , C 2-6 alkylene, more preferably C 2-4 alkylene.
  • Y represents a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy; or a hydroxyl group; C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy is preferable, more preferably a hydrogen atom; or a hydroxyl group And C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • Het is a 5- to 6-membered monocyclic nitrogen-containing heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and containing at least one nitrogen atom.
  • Arylene is meant, and is preferably a 5- to 6-membered monocyclic nitrogen-containing heteroarylene containing only one nitrogen atom.
  • the point where the heteroarylene is bonded to the pyrimidine ring is a carbon atom constituting the heteroarylene.
  • the portion where the heteroarylene is bonded to W may be any of a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom constituting the heteroarylene as long as bonding is possible.
  • Het is preferably a divalent group of pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, thiazole, oxazole, isoxazole or isothiazole, more preferably pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, thiazole. , Oxazole and pyrrole, more preferably a pyridine or thiazole divalent group.
  • Z 3 and Z 4 bonded to Het may be bonded to any of the carbon atom and hetero atom constituting the heteroarylene as long as bonding is possible.
  • W The W, -W 1 -, - NR 7 -W 1 - or -O-W 1 -, more preferably, -NR 7 -W 1 - or -O-W 1 - a, and still more preferably -NR 7 -W 1- .
  • W 1 preferably hydroxyl, include fluorine atom and C 1-10 identical or different one to three good C 1-8 alkylene optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of alkyl, more Preferably, C 2-4 alkylene is used.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is the same or different 1 to 3 selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of 4-10 membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycle C 3-8 cycloalkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-5 alkoxy; cyano; 1 to 3 fluorines optionally substituted C 1-5 also be alkoxycarbonyl with atoms -; halogen and C 1-10 alkyl (in which from 1 to 3 fluorine atoms may be substituted with) or the group consisting of Heteroaryl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected;
  • Z 3 and Z 4 are preferably a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom; a halogen; or a hydroxyl group And C 1-5 alkoxy which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine atoms, and more preferably, a hydrogen atom; Good C 1-10 alkyl; halogen; or C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with fluorine, more preferably a hydrogen atom, halogen or C 1-5 alkoxy.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are preferably substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-5 alkoxy and carbamoyl.
  • a hydrogen atom a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-3 alkoxy and carbamoyl; a hydroxyl group And a C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine atoms; or selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl And 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents.
  • a hydrogen atom; or a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy may be mentioned.
  • it is a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are preferably substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, fluorine, hydroxyl group and C 1-5 alkoxy.
  • C 1-10 alkyl which may be optionally substituted is mentioned, more preferably, a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl is mentioned, and still more preferably, C 1-4 alkyl is mentioned.
  • R 10 and R 11 are preferably a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms; or a 4 to 10 member formed by R 10 and R 11 taken together A nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, more preferably a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl, and still more preferably C 1-4 alkyl.
  • Each group of W 1 or R 7 -W 1 is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is a ring The same as the substituent which may be substituted in each of the constituent groups).
  • the carbon atoms of each group are bonded to form a ring means that, as shown below, each hydrogen atom bonded to each carbon atom is removed and each carbon atom is bonded. Means to form a ring. Specific rings are listed below, but are not limited to these exemplified rings.
  • the number of nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles formed is independently 0 to 2 in formula (A) and formula (B).
  • each group of R 1 -R 2 or R 3 -R 4 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of the respective groups
  • the following structures are mentioned as:
  • r 1 -a More preferred are r 1 -a, r 1 -b, r 1 -c, r 1 -d and r 1 -f, and more preferred are r 1 -b, r 1 -c, r 1 -d. And r 1 -f.
  • X 1 -Y forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group
  • preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
  • ya, yc, yd, ye, yf, yg, and yh are mentioned, and more preferably ya, yc, ye. , Yf and yh.
  • R 1 -R 5 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
  • More preferable examples include r 5 -a, r 5 -b, r 5 -c, r 5 -d, and r 5 -e, and more preferably r 5 -a, r 5 -b, and r 5. -E.
  • R 5 -X 2 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
  • More preferable examples include x 2 -a, x 2 -b, x 2 -c, x 2 -d, x 2 -e, x 2 -f, x 2 -g, and x 2 -j, and more preferable. Includes x 2 -a, x 2 -c, x 2 -d, x 2 -e, x 2 -f, and x 2 -j.
  • each group of R 1 -X 1 and R 1 -X 2 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of the respective groups
  • X is —X 1 —, and the carbon atoms of each group of the group of R 1 —X 1 are bonded to form an optionally substituted 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring.
  • X 1 is optionally substituted C 4-8 alkylene, or n-propylene (where the ring-forming position is the 1- or 3-position carbon atom of n-propylene).
  • x 1 -a, x 1 -b, x 1 -c, x 1 -d, x 1 -e, x 1 -f, x 1 -g and x 1 -k are mentioned, and more preferably , X 1 -b, x 1 -c, x 1 -e and x 1 -g.
  • R 3 -R 7 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
  • r 3 -a, r 3 -b, r 3 -c, r 3 -d, r 3 -e, and r 3 -g are mentioned, and more preferably, r 3 -a, r 3- b, r 3 -c, and r 3 -g.
  • R 3 -W 1 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
  • w 1 -a, w 1 -c, w 1 -d, w 1 -e, w 1 -f, w 1 -g, w 1 -h, w 1 -i, w 1 -j, w 1 -k and w 1 -p are mentioned, and more preferred are w 1 -a, w 1 -c, w 1 -e, w 1 -f, w 1 -h and w 1 -j.
  • R 7 -W 1 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
  • r 7 -a, r 7 -c, r 7 -d, r 7 -e, r 7 -f, r 7 -g, r 7 -h, r 7 -i, r 7 -j, r 7 -k, r 7 -l, r 7 -m, r 7 -n, r 7 -o include r 7 -p and r 7 -w, more preferably, r 7 -a, r 7 -c , R 7 -e, r 7 -g, r 7 -h, r 7 -j, r 7 -l and r 7 -o.
  • R ′ and R ′′ each independently represent (c), (i), (j) or a hydrogen atom in Item 2, o represents an integer of 1 to 4, and p represents 0 to 5] Integer, q is an integer from 0 to 5, and the sum of the integers of p and q is 2 to 5.
  • Compounds (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii) and (Ij) are compounds included in compound (I) It is.
  • Compound (I) can be obtained by the method shown in the following production methods 1 to 12 or a method analogous thereto.
  • the compound in the reaction formula includes a case where a salt is formed, and examples of the salt include those similar to the salt of compound (I).
  • a 1 is the formula (A)
  • a 2 is the compound (Ia) of the formula (B)
  • a 1 is the formula (B)
  • a 2 is the formula (A)
  • a certain compound (Ib) can be obtained by the production method shown below. (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R a is substituted. And R b is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, and Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
  • Compound (III) is obtained by reacting Compound (II) with 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 2 to 10 equivalents of urea in the presence of 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 3 to 5 equivalents of a base in a solvent.
  • Compound (II) is a commercially available product or a known method [for example, Journal of American Chemical Society, 316 (1920), Journal of American Chemical Society, 580 (1942), Journal of American Chemical Society, 831 (1952)] or It is synthesized by a method according to it.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, with methanol or ethanol being preferred.
  • the base for example, various alkali or alkaline earth metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide and the like can be used, and among them, sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide is preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 50 to 100 ° C., usually for 1 to 60 hours.
  • Compound (IV) can be obtained by reacting compound (III) obtained in step 1 with a halogenating agent in an excess amount, preferably 3 to 10 equivalents, in a solvent or without a solvent.
  • halogenating agent examples include phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus oxybromide and the like.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • DCE, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, chloroform, benzene, toluene, xylene, ethyl acetate , Triethylamine, pyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-diethylaniline and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent or halogenating agent, preferably 50 to 140 ° C., usually for 1 to 24 hours.
  • Step 3 Compound (IV) obtained in Step 2 is added in a solvent in the presence of 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 2 equivalents of a base, and 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents of compound (V ) To give compound (VI-a) and / or (VI-b).
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, and among these, 1,4-dioxane, NMP or 2-propanol is preferable.
  • the base examples include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine and tripropylamine.
  • Tertiary amines such as tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, Alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, among them, potassium carbonate, triethylamine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine are preferred.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 50 to 180 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Step 4 Compound (VI-a) or Compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 is used in a solvent in an amount of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents, and 0.01 to 1 equivalents, preferably 0.05. ⁇ 0.2 equivalents of palladium catalyst, optionally in the presence of 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of a phosphine ligand, 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to Compound (Ia) or compound (Ib) can be obtained by reacting with 2 equivalents of compound (VII).
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, water and the like are used alone.
  • they can be used in combination, and among them, a mixed solvent of DMF and water, DME and water, or 1,4-dioxane and water is preferable.
  • the palladium catalyst examples include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, among which tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium or palladium acetate is preferred.
  • zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis
  • a divalent catalyst such as (diphenylpho
  • phosphine ligands include monodentate ligands such as o-tolylphosphine, S-Phos or X-Phos, DPPF, DPPE, DPPP, DPPB, BINAP, XANT-Phos or DPE-Phos.
  • the following bidentate ligands can be used, and S-Phos or X-Phos is particularly preferable.
  • the base include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium acetate or potassium phosphate, among which sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or potassium phosphate is preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at 50 to 180 ° C. or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Production method 2 Among compounds (I), compound (Ic) in which A 1 is formula (A), A 2 is formula (B), and W is —NR 7 —W 1 — is compound (VI-a) Thus, it can be obtained by the production method shown below.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , W 1 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above
  • R b is A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group
  • Hal a and Hal b are each independently a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
  • Step 5 Compound (IX) can be obtained by reacting Compound (VI-a) obtained in Step 3 and Compound (VIII) in the same manner as in Step 4.
  • Step 6 Compound (IX) obtained in Step 5 is added in a solvent in an amount of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 3 to 5 equivalents of a base, and 0.01 to 1 equivalents, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of a phosphine ligand. And 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of compound (X) in the presence of 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of palladium catalyst, Ic) can be obtained.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene and the like are used alone or in combination. Among them, toluene or 1,4-dioxane is preferable.
  • phosphine ligand examples include tridentate phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, o-tolylphosphine, trifuranylphosphine, and tri-t-butylphosphine, or BINAP, 2,2′-bis (ditolylphosphino ) -1,1′-binaphthyl, DPE-Phos, XANT-Phos and other bidentate phosphines can be used, and among these, BINAP is preferable.
  • tridentate phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, o-tolylphosphine, trifuranylphosphine, and tri-t-butylphosphine
  • BINAP 2,2′-bis (ditolylphosphino ) -1,1′-binaphthyl
  • DPE-Phos DPE-Phos
  • XANT-Phos XANT-Phos
  • the palladium catalyst examples include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, and tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium or palladium acetate is particularly preferable.
  • zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis
  • a divalent catalyst such as (diphenyl
  • the base for example, basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, various alkalis such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide and potassium t-butoxide, or alkaline earth metal alkoxides can be used. Of these, cesium carbonate or sodium t-butoxide is preferred.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably between 50 and 180 ° C., under heating or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • a compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
  • Production method 3 Among the compounds (I), the compound (Id) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and W is —O—W 1 — is obtained from the compound (VI-a). It can be obtained by the production method shown below. (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W 1 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het have the same meanings as described above. R b represents a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group which may be substituted, and Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
  • Compound (XII) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in step 3 and compound (XI) in the same manner as in step 4.
  • Step 8 Compound (XII) obtained in Step 7 is added in a solvent in the presence of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of phosphine, and 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of an azo compound or Kakuda reagent.
  • Compound (Id) can be obtained by reacting with ⁇ 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the corresponding alcohol derivative.
  • the compound (XII) obtained in Step 7 is used in a solvent in the presence or absence of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of a base, and 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents.
  • Compound (Id) can also be obtained by reacting with an alkyl halogen derivative or the like.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, dichloromethane, DCE, chloroform, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF , DMA, NMP, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • THF, dichloromethane, toluene and DMF are preferable.
  • the phosphine to be used include triphenylphosphine, trimethylphosphine, tributylphosphine and the like, among which triphenylphosphine is preferable.
  • Examples of the azo compound include diethyl azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, dicyclohexyl azodicarboxylate, dibenzyl azodicarboxylate, and the like, among which diethyl azodicarboxylate or diisopropyl azodicarboxylate is preferable.
  • Examples of the base include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • Tertiary amines such as N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride Of these, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, pyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine or sodium hydride are preferred.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably room temperature to 100 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • a compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
  • Step 9 By reacting 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of compound (XIII) with compound (II) in a solvent in the presence of 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of a base, XIV) can be obtained.
  • Compound (XIII) is synthesized as a commercially available product or by a known method [for example, Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 55, 372-375 (2007)] or a method analogous thereto.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof.
  • methanol or ethanol is preferable.
  • the base for example, various alkali or alkaline earth metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide and the like can be used, and among them, sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide is preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 50 to 100 ° C., usually for 1 to 60 hours.
  • Compound (XV) can be obtained by reacting compound (XIV) obtained in step 9 in the same manner as in step 2.
  • Step 11 Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting compound (XV) obtained in step 10 and compound (V) in the same manner as in step 3.
  • Production method 5 Among the compounds (I), the compound (Ic) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and W is —NR 7 —W 1 — is, for example, from the compound (II) It can also be obtained by the following production method.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , W 1 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above, Hal a and Hal b is each independently a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, and R a is an optionally substituted alkyl group.
  • Compound (XVII) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XVI) and Compound (II) in the same manner as in Step 9.
  • Compound (XVI) is synthesized as a commercially available product or by a known method [for example, Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 55, 372-375 (2007)] or a method analogous thereto.
  • Step 13 Compound (XVIII) can be obtained by reacting compound (XVII) obtained in step 12 in the same manner as in step 2.
  • Step 14 Compound (IX) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XVIII) obtained in Step 13 and Compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3.
  • Compound (Ic) can be obtained by reacting compound (IX) obtained in step 14 and compound (X) in the same manner as in step 6.
  • Production method 6 Among the compounds (I), the compound (Ie) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and X is —X 1 — is, for example, from the compound (IV): It can also be obtained by the production method shown.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above, and R b is a hydrogen atom or substituted even if an alkyl group, R c is an alkyl group which may be substituted, R d has the same meaning as a group capable of substituting for a hydrogen atom or X 1, X 1 'is a substituted C 1-7 alkylene, and Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
  • Compound (XX) can be obtained by reacting compound (IV) obtained in step 2 with compound (XIX) in the same manner as in step 3.
  • Compound (XXI) can be obtained by reacting compound (XX) obtained in step 16 with 0.1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 0.1 to 1 equivalents of an acid in a solvent.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, water or the like may be used alone or in combination.
  • a mixed solvent of acetone and water is preferable.
  • the acid examples include organic sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid and camphorsulfonic acid, organic carboxylic acids such as acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid, scandium trifluoromethanesulfonate, indium trifluoro Lewis acids such as romethanesulfonate can be raised, and p-toluenesulfonic acid is preferred among them.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at room temperature to 80 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Step 18 Compound (XXI) obtained in Step 17 is added in a solvent in the presence of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 3 equivalents of acid, 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of borohydride compound, and 1 Compound (XXIII) can be obtained by reacting with ⁇ 10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 2 equivalents of compound (XXII).
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, methanol, ethanol , N-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, among which 1,2-dichloroethane or methanol is preferred.
  • the acid for example, carboxylic acids such as formic acid, propionic acid, acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, and mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid can be used, among which acetic acid is preferable.
  • the borohydride compound for example, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium borohydride and the like can be used, and among them, sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride is preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at room temperature to 40 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Step 19 Compound (Ie) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXIII) obtained in step 18 with compound (VII) in the same manner as in step 4.
  • Production method 7 Among the compounds (I), the compound (If) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and W is methylene or methine is, for example, from the compound (VI-a): It can obtain by the manufacturing method shown in. (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R b is a hydrogen atom or substituted. An optionally substituted alkyl group, R e is a hydrogen atom or C 1-3 alkyl, and Hal a represents a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
  • Compound (XXV) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in Production Method 1 with compound (XXIV) in the same manner as in Step 4.
  • Compound (If) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXV) obtained in step 20 with compound (XXVI) in the same manner as in step 18.
  • a compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
  • Production method 8 Of compound (I), compound (Ig) or compound (Ia) in which R 4 is a hydrogen atom can be obtained from compound (VI-a) by the production method shown below.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above.
  • R b is a hydrogen atom or substituted.
  • Pro is a common amine protecting group shown in the literature (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.)), and Hal a is a chlorine atom. Or a bromine atom.
  • Step 22 Compound (XXVIII) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in Production Method 1 with compound (XXVII) in the same manner as in Step 4.
  • Step 23 Compound (Ig) can be obtained by deprotecting the protecting group of compound (XXVIII) obtained in step 22.
  • the protecting group is a Boc group
  • compound (Ig) can be obtained by reacting with an excess amount, preferably 5 to 10 equivalents of an acid in a solvent.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, DCE, methanol, ethanol and the like are used alone or They can be used as a mixture. Among them, 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane or methanol is preferable.
  • the acid for example, carboxylic acids such as formic acid, propionic acid, acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, and mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid can be used, among which hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid is preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at room temperature to 40 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Step 24 Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting compound (Ig) obtained in step 23 with the corresponding aldehyde or ketone derivative in the same manner as in step 18.
  • a compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
  • Z 1 is optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy group, with C 1-5 alkyl substituted with -NR 9 R 10, 4 ⁇ 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring
  • Certain compounds (Ih) and (Ii) can be obtained from compound (XXIX) by the production method shown below. (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 2 to Z 4 and Het are as defined above.
  • R b is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl.
  • Hal a and Hal c are each independently a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, Z 1 ′ is C 1-5 alkylene, V is an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy group, — NR 9 R 10 , a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, etc., and R 9 and R 10 are as defined above.
  • Step 25 For example, compound (XXX-a) or compound (XXX-b) is obtained by reacting compound (XXIX) obtained by a method according to WO 2005/110416 and compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3. be able to.
  • Step 26 The compound (XXX-a) or the compound (XXX-b) obtained in the step 25 is 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 2 to 5 equivalents of a base in a solvent in the presence of a base. Is reacted with 3 to 10 equivalents of compound (XXXI) to give compound (XXXII-a) or compound (XXXII-b).
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, and among them, THF, 1,4-dioxane or DMF is preferable.
  • the base examples include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine and tripropylamine.
  • Tertiary amines such as tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, Alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, among them, potassium carbonate, triethylamine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine are preferred.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 20 to 80 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Compound (Ih) or Compound (Ii) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XXXII-a) or Compound (XXXII-b) obtained in Step 26 with Compound (VII) in the same manner as in Step 4. it can.
  • compound (Ia) can also be obtained from compound (XXXIII) by the production method shown below.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 4 and Het are as defined above.
  • R b represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl.
  • Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom
  • Hal d is a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • Step 28 By reacting a commercially available product or a compound (XXXIII) synthesized according to the method described in, for example, Angewandte Chemie International Edition, 45, 7262-7265 (2006), and compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3, Compound (XXXIV) can be obtained.
  • Compound (XXXV) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXXIV) obtained in step 28 with compound (VII) in the same manner as in step 4.
  • Step 30 Compound (XXXV) obtained in Step 29 is added in the presence of 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of palladium catalyst in a solvent, and 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 2 equivalents.
  • Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting with an equivalent amount of compound (XXXVI) or compound (XXXVII).
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF 1,4-dioxane
  • DME 1,4-dioxane
  • benzene 1,4-dioxane
  • xylene 1,4-dioxane
  • DMF 1,4-dioxane
  • benzene 1,4-dioxane
  • xylene 1,4-dioxane
  • DMF 1,4-dioxane
  • benzene 1,4-dioxane
  • xylene 1,4-dioxane
  • DMF 1,4-dioxane
  • DMF 1,4-dioxane
  • benzene 1,4-dioxane
  • xylene 1,4-dioxane
  • DMF 1,4-dioxane
  • DMF 1,4-dioxane
  • xylene 1,4
  • the palladium catalyst examples include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium or bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium is particularly preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at 20-100 ° C. or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5-24 hours.
  • compound (Ia) can also be obtained from compound (XXXVIII) by the production method shown below.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 4 and Het are as defined above.
  • R b is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl.
  • Hal a is a chlorine atom or bromine atom
  • Hal d is a chlorine atom, bromine atom or iodine atom
  • Hal e is a bromine atom or iodine atom.
  • Step 31 By reacting a commercially available product or a compound (XXXVIII) synthesized according to the method described in, for example, Organic and Biomolecular Chemistry, 1, 3353-3361 (2003), with compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3, Compound (XXXIX) can be obtained.
  • Compound (XXXXX) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXXIX) obtained in step 31 with a halogenating agent in an amount of 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents in a solvent.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like are used alone. Or a mixture thereof, among which acetic acid is preferred.
  • the halogenating agent include halogenated imides such as N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, and N-iodophthalimide, bromine or iodine, among which N-iodosuccinimide is preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 0-60 ° C., usually for 0.5-24 hours.
  • Compound (VI-a) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXXX) obtained in step 32 with compound (XXXXI) or compound (XXXXII) in the same manner as in step 30.
  • Step 34 Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in step 33 with compound (VII) in the same manner as in step 4.
  • Production method 12 Among compounds (I), compound (Ij) in which Het is a divalent group of thiazole can be obtained from compound (VI-a) by the production method shown below. (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 3 have the same meanings as described above. R f and R g may be independently substituted. A good alkyl, Hal a is a chlorine or bromine atom, and Hal f is a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom.)
  • Step 35 Compound (VI-a) obtained in Production Method 1 is 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalent of palladium catalyst in a solvent, optionally 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably Can be reacted with 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 2 equivalents of compound (XXXXIII) in the presence of 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of a phosphine ligand to give compound (XXXXIV). It can.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF can be used. Of these, toluene is preferred.
  • the palladium catalyst examples include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, among which tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium or palladium acetate is preferred.
  • zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis
  • a divalent catalyst such as (diphenylpho
  • phosphine ligands include monodentate ligands such as o-tolylphosphine, S-Phos or X-Phos, DPPF, DPPE, DPPP, DPPB, BINAP, XANT-Phos or DPE-Phos.
  • the following bidentate ligands can be used, and S-Phos or X-Phos is particularly preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at 50 to 180 ° C. or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • Compound (XXXXV) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XXXXIV) obtained in Step 35 with 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents of a halogenating agent in a solvent.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, water and the like are used alone. Or they can be mixed and used, and a mixed solvent of THF and water is particularly preferable.
  • halogenating agent examples include halogenated imides such as N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, and N-iodophthalimide, bromine or iodine, among which N-bromosuccinimide is preferable.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 0-40 ° C., usually for 0.5-24 hours.
  • Compound (Ij) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XXXXV) obtained in Step 36 with 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents of Compound (XXXXVI) in a solvent.
  • the solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction.
  • methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene , Toluene, xylene, DMF, water and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, with ethanol being preferred.
  • a compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
  • the compound of the present invention having a desired functional group at a desired position can be obtained by appropriately combining the above production methods.
  • Isolation and purification of intermediates and products in the above production method may be performed by appropriately combining methods used in ordinary organic synthesis, for example, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, concentration, crystallization, various chromatography, and the like. it can.
  • the intermediate can be subjected to the next reaction without any particular purification.
  • the raw material compound or intermediate in the above production method may exist in the form of a salt such as hydrochloride depending on the reaction conditions and the like, but can be used as it is or in a free form.
  • the raw material compound or intermediate When the raw material compound or intermediate is obtained in the form of a salt and it is desired to use or obtain the raw material compound or intermediate in a free form, these are dissolved or suspended in an appropriate solvent, and a base such as an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution is obtained. It can be converted to the free form by neutralizing with, for example.
  • isomers such as tautomers such as ketoenol, positional isomers, geometric isomers or optical isomers
  • tautomers such as ketoenol, positional isomers, geometric isomers or optical isomers
  • optical isomers can be separated by performing a known separation step such as a method using an optically active column or a fractional crystallization method in an appropriate step of the production method.
  • An optically active substance can also be used as a starting material.
  • the salt of compound (I) can be purified as it is, and when compound (I) is obtained in a free form, compound (I) is appropriately converted.
  • a salt may be formed by dissolving or suspending in a solvent and adding an acid or a base.
  • Compound (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may exist in the form of a solvate with water or various solvents, and these solvates are also encompassed in the present invention.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention is produced by any method well known in the technical field of pharmaceutics by mixing the active ingredient together with one or more pharmacologically acceptable carriers.
  • the pharmaceutical carrier used include lactose, mannitol, glucose, starch, magnesium stearate, glycerate ester, distilled water for injection, physiological saline, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, ethanol and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention may contain other various excipients, lubricants, binders, disintegrants, isotonic agents, emulsifiers and the like.
  • intravenous administration it is desirable to use the most effective treatment, and oral or parenteral such as intravenous, application, inhalation and eye drop can be mentioned, preferably intravenous administration, It is particularly preferable to administer by intravenous infusion.
  • oral or parenteral such as intravenous, application, inhalation and eye drop
  • intravenous administration It is particularly preferable to administer by intravenous infusion.
  • the dosage form include tablets, injections and the like, with injections being preferred.
  • the dosage and frequency of administration of these pharmaceutical compositions vary depending on the dosage form, the patient's disease and symptoms, the patient's age and weight, etc., and cannot be generally specified, but are usually effective for adults per day
  • the amount of the component is in the range of about 0.0001 to about 2000 mg, preferably in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg, more preferably in the range of about 0.1 to about 500 mg, particularly preferably in the range of about 1 to about 300 mg. It can be administered once or several times a day.
  • Reference Example 2-4 The corresponding starting materials were used and reacted and treated in the same manner as described in Reference Example 1 to obtain the compounds shown in Table 1.
  • Example 1 5,6-Dimethyl-2- (4- (4-piperazin-1-yl) thiazol-5-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
  • the compound obtained in Reference Example 6 331 mg, 0.670 mmol
  • 3M- Aqueous sodium carbonate (0.37 ml, 1.11 mmol
  • tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium 43.0 mg, 0.037 mmol
  • Example 2 The corresponding starting materials were used and reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compounds shown in Table 2.
  • Example 4 N1- (5-methoxy-2- (6- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) pyridin-3-yl) pyrimidin-4-yl) -N3, N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine
  • 1-methyl-4- (5- (4,4,5,5 -Tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaboran-2-yl) pyridin-2-yl) piperazine (121 mg, 0.398 mmol)
  • sodium carbonate 84 mg, 0.797 mmol
  • tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (15.4 mg, 0.013 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C.
  • Example 5-6 The corresponding starting materials were used and reacted and treated in the same manner as in Example 4 to obtain the compounds shown in Table 3.
  • Example 7 5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) thiazol-5-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
  • acetic acid (6 ⁇ l)
  • formaldehyde (33.9 ⁇ l, 0.411 mmol)
  • sodium cyanoborohydride 25.8 mg, 0.411 mmol
  • Test Example 1 Human TLR 9 Reporter Gene Test A HEK293 cell stable human TLR 9 expression strain (human TLR 9 -293 cell) was asleep and the passage was repeated until the cell state was stabilized. The cell culture was left in a CO 2 incubator (37 ° C., 5% CO 2 ). For cell recovery, the cells were detached using trypsin-EDTA, and the cell pellet after centrifugation was suspended in a growth medium. Human TLR 9 -293 cells prepared to 3 ⁇ 10 5 cells / mL were seeded on a 6-well collagen plate and cultured overnight.
  • NF- ⁇ B-luciferase gene was introduced into the cells and cultured overnight.
  • NF- ⁇ B-luciferase gene-introduced cells were prepared at 6.25 ⁇ 10 5 cells / mL, and seeded in a 96-well black plate at 80 ⁇ L / well (5 ⁇ 10 4 cells / well).
  • the cells were cultured for 6 hours.
  • Bright-Glo preparation solution was added at 100 ⁇ L / well and allowed to stand for 1 minute in the dark. Luminescence was measured using a luminometer, and the 50% inhibition rate (IC 50 value) of each test substance was calculated and shown in Table 4.
  • the compound of the present invention exhibited a strong inhibitory action in the NF-kB inhibition test.
  • the compounds of Examples 1, 9, 10, and 11 showed particularly strong inhibitory action.
  • Test Example 2 CpG-induced IL-6 production inhibition test using mouse spleen cells
  • Mouse spleen cells were prepared as follows. The spleen removed from C57BL / 6 mice ( ⁇ ) was divided with surgical scissors and ground with a slide of a slide glass. After centrifugation, hemolysis was performed using ACK. Medium was added to stop the ACK reaction, and centrifugation was performed. The cells were prepared to 1 ⁇ 10 7 cells / mL and seeded in a 96-well plate at 100 ⁇ L / well (1 ⁇ 10 6 cells / well).
  • test substance final concentration: 1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 nM
  • CpG1826 5′-TCC ATG ACG TTC CTG ACG TT -3 ′
  • IC 50 value 50% inhibition rate
  • the compound of the present invention exhibited a strong inhibitory action in the IL-6 production inhibition test.
  • the compounds that showed high activity values in the NF-kB inhibition test shown in Table 5 also showed a strong IL-6 production inhibitory action as in the above Examples.
  • Test Example 3 Drug efficacy evaluation test using CpG1826 administration model (peritoneal administration) A CpG1826 solution was administered intraperitoneally to mice under ether anesthesia. One to six hours after administration of CpG1826, blood was collected under ether anesthesia and peritoneal lavage fluid was collected. Blood was collected from the heart and collected in a tube containing heparin, and abdominal cavity washing was collected after injecting PBS (phosphate buffered saline) into the abdominal cavity to massage the abdomen. The compound was administered from the mouse tail vein before CpG1826 administration. The blood was made into plasma by centrifugation, and cytokine was measured by a commercially available ELISA kit.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • Example 7 The amount of IL-6 produced was measured, and the inhibition rate (%) was calculated by comparison with the solvent control of each test substance.
  • ED 50 6.2 (mg / kg).
  • administration 2 hours after CpG1826 administration significant suppression of inflammatory cytokine production can be confirmed as compared with the solvent control group, and the compound of the present invention suppresses TLR 9- dependent inflammatory cytokine production. Indicated.
  • the derivative represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof prevents and / or treats an autoimmune disease, specifically, a disease in which an autoimmune disease is involved ( It can be used as a preventive and / or therapeutic agent for inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infection, cancer), immunodeficiency or neurodegenerative disease (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.). Further, by finding a TLR inhibitor that selectively inhibits TLR, it can be used as a pharmaceutical effective for the prevention and / or treatment of sepsis, particularly severe sepsis.

Abstract

Disclosed is a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative which is useful as a drug. Specifically disclosed is a pyrimidine derivative represented by formula (I) which is efficacious in preventing and/or treating diseases relating to signal transmission via Toll-like receptor (TLR). In formula (I), A1 and A2 are represented by formula (A) or (B), provided that when A1 is represented by formula (A), A2 is represented by formula (B), and when A1 is represented by formula (B), A2 is represented by formula (A), [wherein X represents C1-8 alkylene or the like; Y represents a hydrogen atom or the like.; Het represents a 5- or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heteroarylene; W represents C1-8 alkylene or the like; Z1 and Z2 represent a hydrogen atom or the like; Z3 and Z4 represent a hydrogen atom or the like; and R1 to R4 represent a hydrogen atom or the like].

Description

新規ヘテロアリール単環ピリミジン誘導体Novel heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivatives
  本発明は、医薬として有用なヘテロアリール単環ピリミジン誘導体に関する。より詳しくは、トール様受容体(TLR)を介したシグナル伝達に関連する疾患の予防および/または治療に有効なヘテロアリール単環ピリミジン誘導体に関する。具体的には、自己免疫が関与する疾患(セプシス、炎症、アレルギー、喘息、移植片拒絶、移植片対宿主病、感染症、癌)、免疫不全症または神経変性疾患(アルツハイマー、パーキンソン病など)の予防薬および/または治療薬としてのヘテロアリール単環ピリミジン誘導体に関する。 The present invention relates to a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative useful as a medicine. More specifically, the present invention relates to a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative that is effective for the prevention and / or treatment of diseases associated with signal transduction via a Toll-like receptor (TLR). Specifically, diseases involving autoimmunity (sepsis, inflammation, allergies, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infections, cancer), immunodeficiencies or neurodegenerative diseases (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.) The present invention relates to a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative as a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent.
 生体内における免疫系の刺激は、宿主に対して保護的な生理学的結果またはそれと相反する有害な生理学的結果をもたらす。近年、これら自然免疫(先天免疫)機構への関心が増大している。特に、最近発見されたTLRは、自然免疫に関係し、病原微生物を認識する受容体であることが報告されている。TLRは、高度に保存されたパターン認識受容体であり、注目を集めている。現在までにヒトのTLRは10種類が同定され、TLR~TLR10と命名されている。それぞれのTLRは病原微生物の細胞壁成分やDNAに代表される特有の分子構造(パソジェン・アソシエーテッド・モレキュラー・パターン、PAMPs)を識別して宿主の免疫反応を誘起し、生体防御を担っている(Nature Reviews Immunology, 2001, 1, 135-145)。例えば、TLRは、微生物細胞壁の構成成分であるペプチドグリカン、酵母のザイモザンなどのシグナルを伝達し、TLRは、グラム陰性菌細胞壁の構成成分であるリポ多糖(LPS)のシグナルを宿主細胞外から細胞内へと伝達している(Nature Immunology, 2001, 2, 675-680)。また、宿主細胞内のエンドソームに発現しているTLRは、病原微生物のDNAやCpG DNAを認識することが報告されており、特に注目される(Nature, 2000, 408, 740-745 または Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2001, 98, 9237-9242)。従って、このTLRを介した自然免疫の制御に有用な薬剤および/または組成物は、以下に示す自己免疫が関与する疾患(セプシス、炎症、アレルギー、喘息、移植片拒絶、移植片対宿主病、感染症、癌)、免疫不全症または神経変性疾患(アルツハイマー、パーキンソン病など)に対する予防薬および/または治療薬と成り得る。 Stimulation of the immune system in vivo results in a physiological result that is protective to the host or that is harmful to it. In recent years, interest in these innate immunity (innate immunity) mechanisms has increased. In particular, recently discovered TLRs have been reported to be involved in innate immunity and to be receptors that recognize pathogenic microorganisms. TLRs are highly conserved pattern recognition receptors and are attracting attention. To date, 10 human TLRs have been identified and named TLR 1 -TLR 10 . Each TLR discriminates a specific molecular structure (pasogen-associated molecular pattern, PAMPs) typified by cell wall components and DNA of pathogenic microorganisms, induces an immune response of the host, and is responsible for biological defense ( Nature Reviews Immunology, 2001, 1, 135-145). For example, TLR 2 transmits signals such as peptidoglycan, which is a component of microbial cell wall, and zymosan of yeast, and TLR 4 transmits a signal of lipopolysaccharide (LPS), which is a component of Gram-negative cell wall, from outside the host cell. It is transmitted into cells (Nature Immunology, 2001, 2, 675-680). In addition, TLR 9 expressed in endosomes in host cells has been reported to recognize DNA of pathogenic microorganisms and CpG DNA, and has attracted particular attention (Nature, 2000, 408, 740-745 or Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2001, 98, 9237-9242). Therefore, drugs and / or compositions useful for controlling innate immunity via this TLR are used in the following diseases involving autoimmunity (sepsis, inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, Infectious diseases, cancer), immunodeficiencies or neurodegenerative diseases (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.) can be prophylactic and / or therapeutic agents.
 「自己免疫疾患」は、自己の組織を構成する成分に反応する抗体あるいはリンパ球が体内で持続的に産生されることによって組織障害に至る疾患であり、下記に掲げる(1)臓器特異的自己免疫疾患と(2)臓器非特異的自己免疫疾患(全身性自己免疫疾患)の2つに大別される。
 (1)臓器特異的自己免疫疾患:橋本病、原発性粘液水腫、甲状腺中毒症、悪性貧血、Good-pasture症候群、急性進行性糸球体腎炎、重症筋無力症、尋常性天疱瘡、水疱性類天疱瘡、インスリン抵抗性糖尿病、若年性糖尿病、I型糖尿病、アジソン病、萎縮性胃炎、男性不妊症、早発性更年期、水晶体原性ぶどう膜炎、多発性硬化症、潰瘍性大腸炎、原発性胆汁性肝硬変、慢性活動性肝炎、自己免疫性血液性疾患(例えば、自己免疫性溶血性貧血、突発性血小板減少症等)、発作性血色素尿症、原発性胆汁性肝硬変、ギラン・バレー症候群、バセドウ病、突発性血小板減少性紫斑病、間質性肺腺維症および慢性円板状エリテマトーデス。
 (2)臓器非特異的自己免疫疾患(全身性自己免疫疾患):関節リウマチ、全身性エリテマトーデス、シェーグレン症候群、多発性筋炎、皮膚筋炎、全身性皮膚硬化症、結節性多発動脈炎、アレルギー性肉芽種性血管炎、強皮症および混合結合組織病。
An “autoimmune disease” is a disease that leads to tissue damage due to the continuous production of antibodies or lymphocytes that react with components that constitute the tissue of the self, and includes the following (1) organ-specific self There are two broad categories: immune diseases and (2) non-organ-specific autoimmune diseases (systemic autoimmune diseases).
(1) Organ-specific autoimmune diseases: Hashimoto's disease, primary myxedema, thyroid poisoning, pernicious anemia, Good-pasture syndrome, acute progressive glomerulonephritis, myasthenia gravis, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous Pemphigus, insulin resistant diabetes, juvenile diabetes, type I diabetes, Addison's disease, atrophic gastritis, male infertility, premature menopause, phakogenic uveitis, multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, primary Biliary cirrhosis, chronic active hepatitis, autoimmune blood diseases (eg, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia), paroxysmal hemoglobinuria, primary biliary cirrhosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome , Graves' disease, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, interstitial pulmonary fibrosis and chronic discoid lupus erythematosus.
(2) Non-organ-specific autoimmune disease (systemic autoimmune disease): rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, systemic sclerosis, polyarteritis nodosa, allergic granulation Seed vasculitis, scleroderma and mixed connective tissue disease.
 一方、セプシスは、感染症を伴う全身性炎症反応症候群(Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome, SIRS)と定義されている(Chest, 1992, 101, 1644-1655)。その発症原因は、病原微生物とその毒素によって誘導された炎症性メディエーターの過剰産生であり、その炎症性メディエーターが、セプティックショック、それに伴う臓器不全の発症、さらには抗炎症性メディエーターの誘導にも関与すると考えられてきた。 On the other hand, sepsis is defined as Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome (SIRS) (Chest, 1992, 101, 1644-1655). The cause of this is the overproduction of inflammatory mediators induced by pathogenic microorganisms and its toxins. Has been thought to be involved.
 近年、このような背景の下、一酸化窒素(NO)やサイトカインなどの炎症性メディエーターを抑制する薬剤が開発され、その有効性が動物レベルで示され、重症セプシス患者を対象に炎症性メディエーターを標的とした薬物療法の臨床試験が実施された。しかし、現在までに十分な治療効果は得られておらず、複雑なネットワークを形成する炎症性メディエーターの一部を抑制するだけでは高い効果が期待できないことが示唆される(British Medical Bulletin, 1999, 55, 212-225)。このような結果から、近年は、免疫反応により発現される炎症性メディエーターと抗炎症性メディエーターとの不均衡が、セプシスの重症化、セプティックショック、それに伴う臓器不全の発症、2次感染によるセプシスの再発またはセプシスの予後不良に深く関与すると考えられるようになった。従って、自然免疫を司るTLRからの免疫反応の制御が、上記セプシス関連疾患の根本的な予防および/または治療となることが期待できる。特に、TLRに対する阻害剤は、病原微生物から惹起される免疫反応に対して選択的な制御が期待できる。また、TLR阻害剤は、単独、TLR阻害剤と併用、TLR阻害剤との併用またはTLR阻害剤およびTLRとの併用でのさらなる効果も期待でき、新しいセプシス治療として根本治療が期待できる。既存の抗菌剤、血液凝固剤等の既存のセプシス治療法との組み合わせによる併用療法により、セプシス関連疾患に対するさらなる効果も期待できる。 In recent years, drugs that suppress inflammatory mediators such as nitric oxide (NO) and cytokines have been developed under these circumstances, and their effectiveness has been demonstrated at the animal level, and inflammatory mediators have been developed for patients with severe sepsis. A clinical trial of targeted drug therapy was conducted. However, sufficient therapeutic effects have not been obtained so far, and it is suggested that high effects cannot be expected just by suppressing some of the inflammatory mediators that form a complex network (British Medical Bulletin, 1999, 55, 212-225). From these results, in recent years, the imbalance between inflammatory mediators and anti-inflammatory mediators expressed by the immune response has been associated with increased sepsis, septic shock, and subsequent onset of organ failure, secondary sepsis. It is thought to be deeply involved in the recurrence of the disease or poor prognosis of sepsis. Therefore, it can be expected that the control of the immune response from the TLR that controls innate immunity will be the fundamental prevention and / or treatment of the above-mentioned sepsis-related diseases. In particular, inhibitors against TLR 9 can be expected to selectively control immune responses elicited from pathogenic microorganisms. In addition, TLR 9 inhibitors can be expected to have further effects when used alone, in combination with TLR 2 inhibitors, in combination with TLR 4 inhibitors, or in combination with TLR 2 inhibitors and TLR 4. I can expect. Further effects on sepsis-related diseases can be expected by combination therapy in combination with existing sepsis treatment methods such as existing antibacterial agents and blood coagulants.
 抗マラリア薬として開発されたクロロキン(a)は、種々の自己免疫疾患(関節リウマチ、全身性エリトマトーデスなど)の治療にも使用されており、抗炎症薬としても有用である。最近、その自己免疫疾患に対するクロロキンおよびその類縁体であるキナクリン(b)の作用機構が、TLR拮抗作用によるものであることが報告されている(European Journal of Immunology, 2004, 34, 2541-2550)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Chloroquine (a) developed as an antimalarial drug is also used for the treatment of various autoimmune diseases (such as rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus), and is also useful as an anti-inflammatory drug. Recently, it has been reported that the mechanism of action of chloroquine and its analog quinacrine (b) against the autoimmune disease is due to TLR 9 antagonism (European Journal of Immunology, 2004, 34, 2541-2550). ).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 そのほかに、最近TLR阻害剤に関する開示があるが、本願発明の化合物とは構造が異なる(特許文献1)。また、TLR、TLRおよびTLR拮抗作用を有する化合物として、以下の代表化合物(c)も開示されているが、本願発明の化合物とは構造が異なる(特許文献2)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
In addition, there is a recent disclosure regarding a TLR 9 inhibitor, but the structure is different from the compound of the present invention (Patent Document 1). The following representative compound (c) is also disclosed as a compound having TLR 7 , TLR 8 and TLR 9 antagonism, but the structure is different from the compound of the present invention (Patent Document 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
国際公開第2000/076982International Publication No. 2000/076982 国際公開第2008/030455International Publication No. 2008/030455
 本発明の課題は、自己免疫疾患の予防および/または治療、具体的には自己免疫が関与する疾患(炎症、アレルギー、喘息、移植片拒絶、移植片対宿主病、感染症、癌)、免疫不全症または神経変性疾患(アルツハイマー、パーキンソン病など)の予防薬および/または治療薬を提供することである。また、選択的にTLRを阻害するようなTLR阻害剤を見出すことで、セプシス、特に重症セプシスの予防および/または治療にも有効な医薬品を提供することである。 The object of the present invention is to prevent and / or treat autoimmune diseases, specifically diseases involving autoimmunity (inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infection, cancer), immunity It is to provide preventive and / or therapeutic agents for deficiencies or neurodegenerative diseases (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.). Another object of the present invention is to provide a pharmaceutical effective for the prevention and / or treatment of sepsis, particularly severe sepsis, by finding a TLR inhibitor that selectively inhibits TLR.
 本発明者らは、鋭意検討を行った結果、下記式(I)で表される新規化合物が、強いTLR阻害作用を示し、重症セプシスの予防および/または治療に有用な医薬となり得ることを見出し、本発明を完成させた。本発明によれば、下記式(I)で表されるヘテロアリール単環ピリミジン誘導体(以下、「本発明の化合物」と称することもある。)が提供される。即ち、本発明は以下の通りである。 As a result of intensive studies, the present inventors have found that a novel compound represented by the following formula (I) exhibits a strong TLR inhibitory action and can be a useful drug for the prevention and / or treatment of severe sepsis. The present invention has been completed. According to the present invention, a heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative represented by the following formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “the compound of the present invention”) is provided. That is, the present invention is as follows.
 [項1]下記式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
[式中、AおよびAは、下記式(A)または(B)を表し、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 Aが式(A)のとき、Aは式(B)を表し、
 Aが式(B)のとき、Aは式(A)を表し、
 Xは、-X-、-X-NRCO-X-、-X-CONR-X-、-X-CO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-を表し、
 Xは、置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンを表し、ここにおいて、Xが-X-のとき、Xは無置換のC2-3アルキレンまたは置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレンであり、Xが-X-NRCO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-のとき、Xは置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
 Xは、置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンを表し、ここにおいて、Xが、-X-CONR-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-のとき、Xは置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
 Yは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルまたは置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルを表し、
 Hetは、5~6員のヘテロアリーレンを表し、
 Wは、-W-、-NR-W-、-NRCO-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-を表し、ここにおいて、Hetの環上の窒素原子とWが結合するとき、Wは、-W-または-CONR-W-を表し、
 Wは、置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンを表し、ここにおいて、Wが-NR-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-のときWは置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
 ZおよびZは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;シアノ;置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシカルボニル-;置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール;ハロゲン;置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ;または-NRを表し、
 ZおよびZは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;または置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシを表すか、ZおよびZが隣接している場合一緒になって置換されていてもよい5~8員の飽和もしくは不飽和の複素環または飽和もしくは不飽和の炭素環を形成していてもよく、
 R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルまたは置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環を表し、
 R、R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルを表し、
 R-R、X-Y、R-R、R-X、R-X、R-X、R-R、R-R、R-WまたはR-Wの各組は、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよく(形成される含窒素飽和複素環の数は、式(A)および式(B)において、それぞれ独立して0~2個である)、ここにおいて、Xが-X-であり、R-Xの組のそれぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、Xは置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレン、または、Xがn-プロピレン(但し、環を形成する位置はn-プロピレンの1位または3位の炭素原子である)である]
で表される化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 1] The following formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
[Wherein, A 1 and A 2 represent the following formula (A) or (B),
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
When A 1 is Formula (A), A 2 represents formula (B),
When A 1 is Formula (B), A 2 represents formula (A),
X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 -, - X 1 -CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 - X 2- , -X 1 -NR 5 -X 2 -or -X 1 -O-X 2-
X 1 represents an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkylene, and when X is —X 1 —, X 1 is an unsubstituted C 2-3 alkylene or an optionally substituted C 4 -8 alkylene, and X is -X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2- , -X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 -X 2- , -X 1 -NR 5 -X 2 -or -X 1 -O- When X 2 —, X 1 is an optionally substituted C 2-8 alkylene;
X 2 represents an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkylene, wherein X represents —X 1 —CONR 5 —X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 6 CONR 5 —X 2 —, —X When 1 —NR 5 —X 2 — or —X 1 —O—X 2 —, X 2 is an optionally substituted C 2-8 alkylene;
Y represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl,
Het represents a 5-6 membered heteroarylene,
W represents —W 1 —, —NR 7 —W 1 —, —NR 7 CO—W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 —, or —O—W 1 —, on the Het ring When the nitrogen atom and W are bonded, W represents —W 1 — or —CONR 7 —W 1
W 1 represents an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkylene, and when W is —NR 7 —W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 — or —O—W 1 —, W 1 is Optionally substituted C 2-8 alkylene,
Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom; an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl; an optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl; a cyano; an optionally substituted C 1 Represents -5 alkoxycarbonyl-; optionally substituted heteroaryl; halogen; optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy; or —NR 8 R 9 ,
Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl; a halogen; or an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy, or Z 3 and Z 4 May form a 5- to 8-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring or saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic ring which may be substituted together when they are adjacent to each other,
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, an optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl or a substituted Represents a 4-10 membered saturated heterocycle,
R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl;
R 1 -R 2 , X 1 -Y, R 1 -R 5 , R 5 -X 2 , R 1 -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 3 -R 4 , R 3 -R 7 , R 3- Each group of W 1 or R 7 -W 1 is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is a ring (The number of nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles formed is the same as that in formula (A) and formula (B), respectively). Independently, 0 to 2), wherein X is —X 1 —, and the carbon atoms of each group of the group of R 1 —X 1 may be bonded to each other to be substituted; when forming a nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycle 10-membered, X 1 is optionally C 4-8 alkylene optionally substituted, or, X 1 is n- propylene (However, the position of forming the rings are carbon atoms at position 1 or 3 of the n- propylene) is'
Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項2]置換されていてもよいアルキル、置換されていてもよいアルコキシおよび置換されていてもよいアルコキシカルボニル-のそれぞれの基のアルキル部分が、
 (1)ハロゲン原子、
 (2)水酸基、
 (3)シアノ、
 (4)カルボキシル、
 (5)置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル、
 (6)置換されていてもよいアリール、
 (7)置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール、
 (8)C1-5アルコキシまたはフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
 (9)置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルコキシ、
 (10)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、
 (11)-NR1011
 (12)-CONR1011
 (13)置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環、および
 (14)置換されていてもよいC1-5アルキルカルボニル-
からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよく、
 置換されていてもよいアルキレンが、前記(1)~(14)、および
 (15)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル
からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよく
(ここにおいて、前記(6)および(7)に示す基は、
 (a)水酸基、
 (b)ハロゲン、
 (c)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、
 (d)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
 (e)シアノ、
 (f)カルボキシル、
 (g)-NR1011
 (h)-CONR1011
 (i)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、および
 (j)C1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基を意味し、
(5)、(9)、(13)および(14)に示す基は、前記
 (a)水酸基、
 (b)ハロゲン、
 (c)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、
 (d)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
 (h)-CONR1011
 (i)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、および
 (j)C1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基を意味する);
 置換されていてもよいシクロアルキル(飽和炭素環)および置換されていてもよい飽和複素環が、前記(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(h)、(i)および(j)からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基であり;
 置換されていてもよいアリール(不飽和炭素環)および置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール(不飽和複素環)が、前記(a)~(j)からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基であり;
 R10およびR11が、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または1~5個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルであるか、あるいは、R10とR11は一緒になって4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成していてもよい、
項1に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Section 2] The alkyl part of each group of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy and optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl-
(1) a halogen atom,
(2) hydroxyl group,
(3) Cyano,
(4) carboxyl,
(5) optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl,
(6) aryl which may be substituted,
(7) optionally substituted heteroaryl,
(8) C 1-5 alkoxy or fluorine may be substituted with atoms C 1-5 alkoxy,
(9) optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkoxy,
(10) C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-,
(11) -NR 10 R 11 ,
(12) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
(13) an optionally substituted 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, and (14) an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-
May be substituted with the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of
The optionally substituted alkylene is selected from the group consisting of the above (1) to (14), and (15) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups. It may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents which are the same or different (wherein the groups shown in the above (6) and (7) are
(A) a hydroxyl group,
(B) halogen,
(C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(E) cyano,
(F) carboxyl,
(G) -NR 10 R 11 ,
(H) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
(I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-. ,
The groups shown in (5), (9), (13) and (14) are the above (a) hydroxyl group,
(B) halogen,
(C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(H) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
(I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- );
The optionally substituted cycloalkyl (saturated carbocycle) and the optionally substituted saturated heterocycle are the above (a), (b), (c), (d), (h), (i) and A group which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of (j);
The optionally substituted aryl (unsaturated carbocycle) and the optionally substituted heteroaryl (unsaturated heterocycle) are the same or different ones selected from the group consisting of the above (a) to (j); A group optionally substituted by 5 substituents;
R 10 and R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms, or R 10 and R 11 are taken together. A 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring may be formed,
Item 12. The compound according to Item 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項3]Aが式(A)のとき、Aは式(B)であり、
 Aが式(B)のとき、Aは式(A)であり、
 Xが、-X-、-X-NRCO-X-、-X-CONR-X-、-X-CO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-であり、
 Xが、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンであり、ここにおいて、Xが-X-のとき、Xは無置換のC2-3アルキレン、または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレンであり、Xが-X-NRCO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-のとき、Xは水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
 Xが、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
 Yが、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-3アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-3アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルであり、
 Hetが、窒素原子を含む5~6員のヘテロアリーレンであり、
 Wが、-W-、-NR-W-、-NRCO-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-であり、
 ここにおいて、Hetの環上の窒素原子とWが結合するとき、Wは、-W-または-CONR-W-であり、
 Wが、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンであり、ここにおいて、Wが-NR-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-のときWは水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
 ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ(該基は、C1-5アルコキシおよびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい)および4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;シアノ;1~3個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシカルボニル-;ハロゲンおよびC1-10アルキル(該基は、1~3個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい)からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール;ハロゲン;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ;または-NRであり、
 ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;または水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシを表すか、ZおよびZが隣接している場合一緒になって置換されていてもよい5~8員の飽和もしくは不飽和の複素環または飽和もしくは不飽和の炭素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよく、
 R、R、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ、C1-5アルキルカルボニル-およびカルバモイルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-10アルキル、C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-およびC1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環であり、
 R、R、R、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、またはフッ素、水酸基およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルであり、
 R-R、X-Y、R-R、R-X、R-X、R-X、R-R、R-R、R-WまたはR-Wの各組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよく(形成される含窒素飽和複素環の数は、式(A)および式(B)において、それぞれ独立して0~2個である)、ここにおいて、Xが-X-であり、R-Xの組のそれぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、Xは水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレン、または、n-プロピレン(但し、環を形成する位置はn-プロピレンの1位または3位の炭素原子である)であり、X-Yの組のそれぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、該含窒素飽和複素環はモルホリンではない、
請求項1または2に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Claim 3] When A 1 is formula (A), A 2 is formula (B),
When A 1 is formula (B), A 2 is formula (A),
X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 -, - X 1 -CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 - X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 5 —X 2 — or —X 1 —O—X 2 —,
X 1 is C 1-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, wherein X 1 When is —X 1 —, X 1 is unsubstituted C 2-3 alkylene, or substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl. C 4-8 alkylene, and X is —X 1 —NR 5 CO—X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 6 CONR 5 —X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 5 —X 2 —. Or, in the case of —X 1 —O—X 2 —, X 1 may be substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl. C 2-8 alkylene der ,
X 2 is C 2-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl;
Y is a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy; or a hydroxyl group, fluorine C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of an atom and C 1-3 alkoxy;
Het is a 5-6 membered heteroarylene containing a nitrogen atom,
W is —W 1 —, —NR 7 —W 1 —, —NR 7 CO—W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 — or —O—W 1 —,
Here, when W is bonded to a nitrogen atom on the Het ring, W is —W 1 — or —CONR 7 —W 1 —,
W 1 is C 1-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, wherein W 1 Is —NR 7 —W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 —, or —O—W 1 —, W 1 is the same or different from 1 to 5 selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl C 2-8 alkylene optionally substituted with 3 substituents,
Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is the same or different from 1 to 5 selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) 3 may be substituted with a substituent) and 4-10 membered nitrogen-containing saturated same or different 1 to 3 of which may be substituted with a substituent C 1 is selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic -10 alkyl; C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-5 alkoxy; cyano; 1-3 number of is C 1-5 optionally alkoxycarbonyl-substituted by fluorine atom -; halogen and C 1-10 alkyl (the group may also be substituted with one to three fluorine atoms) consisting of Heteroaryl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from: halogen; substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom C 1-5 alkoxy; or —NR 8 R 9 ,
Each of Z 3 and Z 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom; halogen Or C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom, or when Z 3 and Z 4 are adjacent to each other 5- to 8-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring or saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic ring which may be substituted together (substituent of the ring may be substituted in each group constituting the ring) The same as a good substituent)
R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently the same or selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-5 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- and carbamoyl C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 different substituents; C optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom 3-8 cycloalkyl; or 1-3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, fluorine, C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl- and C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- A 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by
R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, hydroxyl group and C 1-5 alkoxy A C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with
R 1 -R 2 , X 1 -Y, R 1 -R 5 , R 5 -X 2 , R 1 -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 3 -R 4 , R 3 -R 7 , R 3- Each group of W 1 or R 7 -W 1 is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is a ring; (The number of nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles formed is the same as that in formula (A) and formula (B), respectively). Independently, 0 to 2), wherein X is —X 1 —, and the carbon atoms of each group of the group of R 1 —X 1 may be bonded to each other to be substituted; When forming a 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, X 1 is the same as selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, and C 1-10 alkyl. C 4-8 alkylene which may be substituted with one or three different substituents, or n-propylene (provided that the ring is formed at the 1- or 3-position carbon atom of n-propylene). And when the carbon atom of each group of the X 1 -Y group is bonded to form an optionally substituted 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring Is not morpholine,
The compound according to claim 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項4]Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)である、
項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 4] A 1 is the formula (A), and A 2 is the formula (B).
Item 4. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項5]ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ(該基は、C1-5アルコキシおよびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい)および4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルである、
項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 5] Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is the same selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) Or optionally substituted with 1 to 3 different substituents) and substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of 4 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycle C 1-10 alkyl; a C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-5 alkoxy ,
Item 5. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項6]R、R、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-3アルコキシ、C1-5アルキルカルボニル-およびカルバモイルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環であり、
 R-RまたはR-Rの各組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~7員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよい、
項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 6] R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-3 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- and carbamoyl. C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the above, substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom Optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl; or 4 to 10 membered optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, fluorine and C 1-10 alkyl A saturated heterocyclic ring,
Each group of R 1 -R 2 or R 3 -R 4 is a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is , Which may be the same as the substituent which may be substituted in each group constituting the ring),
Item 6. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項7]Hetが、ピリジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、ピラジン、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、トリアゾール、チアゾール、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾールまたはイソチアゾールの2価基である、
項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 7] Het is a divalent group of pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, thiazole, oxazole, isoxazole or isothiazole.
Item 7. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項8]Yが、水素原子;または水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルであり、X-Yが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して窒素原子をちょうど1個含む置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じであり、また、該環としてモルホリン環を含まない)を形成していてもよい、
項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 8] Y is a hydrogen atom; or C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom, and X 1 — Y is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted containing carbon atoms of each group and containing exactly one nitrogen atom (the substituent on the ring is each group constituting the ring) And may be the same as the substituent which may be substituted, and may not form a morpholine ring as the ring),
Item 8. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項9]Wが、-W-、-NR-W-または-O-W-であり、R-R、R-WまたはR-Wのいずれか1組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよい、
項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 9] W is -W 1- , -NR 7 -W 1 -or -O-W 1- , and any one of R 3 -R 7 , R 3 -W 1 or R 7 -W 1 The group is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of carbon atoms of each group (the substituent of the ring may be substituted in each group constituting the ring) The same as a good substituent),
Item 9. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項10]Xが、-X-、-X-NRCO-X-、-X-CONR-X-または-X-O-X-であり、X-Y、R-X、R-X、R-RまたはR-Xのいずれか1組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよい、
項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Claim 10] X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 - or -X 1 -O-X 2 - is and, X 1 - Any one of Y, R 1 -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 1 -R 5 or R 5 -X 2 may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of the respective groups 4 A 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring (substituent of the ring is the same as the substituent which may be substituted in each group constituting the ring),
Item 10. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項11]Xが、C1-4アルキレンであり、Xが、C2-4アルキレンである、
項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 11] X 1 is C 1-4 alkylene, and X 2 is C 2-4 alkylene.
Item 11. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項12]Xがn-プロピレンであり、ここにおいて、R-Xは環を形成しない、
請求項1~11のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Claim 12] X 1 is n-propylene, wherein R 1 -X 1 does not form a ring,
The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項13]ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;フッ素で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;またはフッ素で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシである、
項1~12のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 13] Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom; C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with fluorine; halogen; or C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with fluorine is there,
Item 13. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項14]Hetが、ピリジンまたはチアゾールの2価基である、
項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 14] Het is a divalent group of pyridine or thiazole.
Item 14. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項15]Hetが、ピロールの2価基である、
項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 15] Het is a divalent group of pyrrole.
Item 14. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項16]以下の化合物から選択される、項1に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩:
5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(ピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾール-5-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン(実施例1)、
5,6-ジメチル-2-(1-(ピペリジン-4-イル)-1H-ピラゾール-4-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン(実施例2)、
N1-(5-メトキシ-2-(6-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)ピリジン-3-イル)ピリミジン-4-イル)-N3,N3-ジメチルプロパン-1,3-ジアミン(実施例4)、
N1-(5,6-ジメチル-2-(6-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)ピリジン-3-イル)ピリミジン-4-イル)-N3,N3-ジメチルプロパン-1,3-ジアミン(実施例5)、
N1-(4,5-ジメチル-6-(6-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)ピリジン-3-イル)ピリミジン-2-イル)-N3,N3-ジメチルプロパン-1,3-ジアミン(実施例6)、
5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾール-5-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン(実施例7)、
5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(1-メチルピペリジン-4-イル)チアゾール-4-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン(実施例9)、
5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾール-4-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン(実施例10)、および
5,6-ジメチル-2-(1-(1-メチルピペリジン-4-イル)-1H-インドール-3-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン(実施例11)。
[Item 16] The compound according to item 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof selected from the following compounds:
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (piperazin-1-yl) thiazol-5-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine (Example 1),
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (1- (piperidin-4-yl) -1H-pyrazol-4-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine (Examples) 2),
N1- (5-methoxy-2- (6- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) pyridin-3-yl) pyrimidin-4-yl) -N3, N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine (Examples) 4),
N1- (5,6-dimethyl-2- (6- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) pyridin-3-yl) pyrimidin-4-yl) -N3, N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine ( Example 5),
N1- (4,5-dimethyl-6- (6- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) pyridin-3-yl) pyrimidin-2-yl) -N3, N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine ( Example 6),
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) thiazol-5-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine (Examples) 7),
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (1-methylpiperidin-4-yl) thiazol-4-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine (Examples) 9),
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) thiazol-4-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine (Examples) 10), and 5,6-dimethyl-2- (1- (1-methylpiperidin-4-yl) -1H-indol-3-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidine -4-Amine (Example 11).
 [項17]項1~16のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩を含有する医薬組成物。 [Item 17] A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any one of items 1 to 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 [項18]項1~16のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩を有効成分とするトール様受容体が関連する疾患の治療剤および/または予防剤。 [Item 18] A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a disease associated with a toll-like receptor comprising the compound according to any one of items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
 [項19]項1~16のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩を有効成分とするトール様受容体7および/または9が関連する疾患の治療剤および/または予防剤。 [Item 19] A therapeutic agent for a disease associated with Toll-like receptor 7 and / or 9 comprising the compound according to any one of Items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient, and / or Or prophylactic agent.
 [項20]トール様受容体が関連する疾患がセプシス、自己免疫疾患または神経変性疾患である項18に記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。 [Item 20] The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to item 18, wherein the disease associated with a toll-like receptor is sepsis, autoimmune disease or neurodegenerative disease.
 [項21]トール様受容体7および/または9が関連する疾患がセプシス、自己免疫疾患または神経変性疾患である項19に記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。 [Item 21] The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to item 19, wherein the disease associated with toll-like receptor 7 and / or 9 is sepsis, autoimmune disease or neurodegenerative disease.
 [項22]項1~16のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩の治療上の有効量を治療が必要な哺乳動物に投与することからなる、トール様受容体が関連する疾患の治療および/または予防方法。
 [項23]トール様受容体が関連する疾患の治療剤および/または予防剤を製造するための、項1~16のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩の使用。
 [項24]トール様受容体が関連する疾患の治療および/または予防に使用するための、項1~16のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
[Item 22] A Toll-like receptor comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of Items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a mammal in need of treatment. A method for the treatment and / or prevention of diseases associated with the body.
[Item 23] Use of the compound according to any one of Items 1 to 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a therapeutic and / or preventive agent for a disease associated with a toll-like receptor. use.
[Item 24] The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of items 1 to 16, for use in the treatment and / or prevention of a disease associated with a toll-like receptor.
 本発明化合物は、自己免疫疾患の予防および/または治療、具体的には自己免疫が関与する疾患(炎症、アレルギー、喘息、移植片拒絶、移植片対宿主病、感染症、癌)、免疫不全症または神経変性疾患(アルツハイマー、パーキンソン病など)の予防薬および/または治療薬として有用である。また、選択的にTLRを阻害するようなTLR阻害剤を見出すことで、セプシス、特に重症セプシスの予防および/または治療にも有効な医薬品としても有用である。また、選択的にTLRを阻害するようなTLR阻害剤を見出すことで、癌増殖抑制効果および/または癌細胞死誘導効果が期待でき、癌の予防および/または治療にも有効な医薬品としても有用である。 The compounds of the present invention prevent and / or treat autoimmune diseases, specifically diseases involving autoimmunity (inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infection, cancer), immunodeficiency It is useful as a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for symptom or neurodegenerative disease (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.). In addition, by finding a TLR inhibitor that selectively inhibits TLR, it is useful as a pharmaceutical effective for the prevention and / or treatment of sepsis, particularly severe sepsis. In addition, by finding a TLR inhibitor that selectively inhibits TLR, a cancer growth suppressing effect and / or a cancer cell death inducing effect can be expected, and it is also useful as a pharmaceutical effective for the prevention and / or treatment of cancer. It is.
 以下に、本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。
 以下の記載において、式(I)で表される化合物を化合物(I)という。他の式番号の化合物についても同様である。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail.
In the following description, the compound represented by formula (I) is referred to as compound (I). The same applies to the compounds of other formula numbers.
 本発明の化合物は、水和物及び/又は溶媒和物の形で存在することもあるので、これらの水和物及び/又は溶媒和物もまた本発明の化合物に包含される。 Since the compounds of the present invention may exist in the form of hydrates and / or solvates, these hydrates and / or solvates are also included in the compounds of the present invention.
 また、式(I)の化合物は、1個又は場合により2個以上の不斉炭素原子を有する場合があり、また幾何異性や軸性キラリティを生じることがあるので、数種の立体異性体として存在することがある。本発明においては、これらの立体異性体、それらの混合物及びラセミ体は本発明の式(I)で表される化合物に包含される。
また、化合物(I)のいずれか1つまたは2つ以上のHをH(D)に変換した重水素変換体も本発明の化合物(I)に包含される。
In addition, the compounds of formula (I) may have one or more than one asymmetric carbon atom, and may cause geometric isomerism and axial chirality. May exist. In the present invention, these stereoisomers, mixtures thereof and racemates are included in the compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention.
In addition, a deuterium converter obtained by converting any one or two or more 1 H of compound (I) to 2 H (D) is also encompassed in compound (I) of the present invention.
 なお、本明細書において、「置換」された基における置換基の数は、特に記載した場合を除き、置換可能であれば特に制限はなく、1または2以上である。本明細書内の記載において、特段の記載のない基は無置換の基を意味する。また、特に記載した場合を除き、各々の基の説明はその基が他の基の一部分または置換基である場合にも該当する。 In the present specification, the number of substituents in the “substituted” group is not particularly limited as long as it can be substituted, unless otherwise specified, and is 1 or 2 or more. In the description in the present specification, a group not particularly described means an unsubstituted group. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the description of each group also applies when the group is a part of another group or a substituent.
(i)「アルキル」とは、直鎖状または分枝鎖状の飽和炭化水素基を意味し、例えば、「C1-3アルキル」または「C1-10アルキル」とは炭素原子数が1~3または1~10のアルキルをそれぞれ意味する。具体例的には、「C1-3アルキル」の場合には、メチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル等が、「C1-10アルキル」の場合には、前記に加えて、ブチル、イソブチル、sec-ブチル、tert-ブチル、ペンチル、イソペンチル、ネオペンチル、tert-ペンチル、ヘキシル、イソヘキシル、ヘプチル、オクチル、イソオクチル、ノニル、デシル等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、「C1-3アルキル」が挙げられる。
(ii)「シクロアルキル」または「飽和炭素環」とは、環状の飽和炭化水素基を意味し、例えば、「C3-8シクロアルキル」とは3~8員の環状の飽和炭化水素基を意味する。具体的には、シクロプロピル、シクロブチル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、シクロヘプチル、シクロオクチル等が挙げられる。好ましくは、5~7員のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
(I) “Alkyl” means a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group. For example, “C 1-3 alkyl” or “C 1-10 alkyl” has 1 carbon atom. Each represents ˜3 or 1-10 alkyl. Specifically, in the case of “C 1-3 alkyl”, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, etc., and in the case of “C 1-10 alkyl”, in addition to the above, butyl, isobutyl, sec -Butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, isooctyl, nonyl, decyl and the like. Among these, “C 1-3 alkyl” is preferable.
(Ii) “Cycloalkyl” or “saturated carbocycle” means a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, for example, “C 3-8 cycloalkyl” means a 3- to 8-membered cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group. means. Specific examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like. Preferably, a 5- to 7-membered cycloalkyl group is used.
(iii)「アリール」または「不飽和炭素環」としては、6~12員の単環性、2環性のアリール基が挙げられる。具体的には、フェニル、ナフチル、インデニル等が挙げられる。好ましくは、炭素数6の単環性または8~10員の二環性のアリール基が挙げられ、例えば、フェニルおよびナフチルが挙げられる。
(iv)「ヘテロアリール」または「不飽和複素環」としては、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子からなる群から独立して選ばれる1から4個の原子を含む、5~7員環の単環性芳香族複素環、9~11員の2環性芳香族複素環または12~15員の3環性芳香族複素環が挙げられる。具体的には、ピリジル、ピラジニル、ピリミジニル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、2-オキソベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾトリアゾリル、ベンゾフリル、ベンゾチエニル、プリニル、ベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、イミダゾリル、インドリル、イソキノリル、ピロリニル、キナゾリニル、シンノリニル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、テトラゾリル、オキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソチアゾリル、チエニル、フリル等が挙げられる。好ましくは、5員もしくは6員の単環性芳香族複素環が挙げられ、具体的には、ピリジル、イミダゾリル、ピラゾリル、チアゾリルまたはテトラゾリルが挙げられる。
(Iii) “Aryl” or “unsaturated carbocycle” includes 6-12 membered monocyclic, bicyclic aryl groups. Specific examples include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl and the like. Preferable examples include monocyclic or 8 to 10-membered bicyclic aryl groups having 6 carbon atoms, such as phenyl and naphthyl.
(Iv) “Heteroaryl” or “unsaturated heterocycle” is a 5- to 7-membered single ring containing 1 to 4 atoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. Examples thereof include a cyclic aromatic heterocycle, a 9 to 11-membered bicyclic aromatic heterocycle, and a 12 to 15-membered tricyclic aromatic heterocycle. Specifically, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, 2-oxobenzoxazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, purinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, pyrrolinyl, quinazolinyl, Cinnolinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thienyl, furyl and the like. Preferable examples include 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic aromatic heterocycles, and specific examples include pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl and tetrazolyl.
(v)「ハロゲン」とは、フッ素、塩素、臭素またはヨウ素の各原子を意味する。好ましくは、フッ素、塩素または臭素の各原子が挙げられる。
(vi)「アルコキシ」とは、直鎖状または分枝鎖状の飽和炭化水素基が酸素原子を介して結合している基を意味し、例えば、「C1-3アルコキシ」または「C1-5アルコキシ」とは炭素原子が1~3または1~5のアルコキシを意味する。具体的には、「C1-3アルコキシ」の場合には、メトキシ、エトキシ、プロポキシ、イソプロポキシ等が挙げられ、「C1-5アルコキシ」の場合には、前記に加えてブトキシ、イソブトキシ、sec-ブトキシ、tert-ブトキシ、ペントキシ、イソペントキシ、ネオペントキシ、tert-ペントキシ等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、「C1-3アルコキシ」が挙げられる。
(V) “Halogen” means each atom of fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Preferably, each atom of fluorine, chlorine or bromine is used.
(Vi) “Alkoxy” means a group in which a linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon group is bonded via an oxygen atom, for example, “C 1-3 alkoxy” or “C 1 the -5 alkoxy "means an alkoxy of 1 to 3 or 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, in the case of “C 1-3 alkoxy”, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and the like can be mentioned, and in the case of “C 1-5 alkoxy”, butoxy, isobutoxy, and sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, tert-pentoxy and the like. Among these, “C 1-3 alkoxy” is preferable.
(vii)「飽和複素環」とは、炭素原子と炭素原子以外に1~3個のヘテロ原子を含む飽和環を意味し、例えば「4~10員の飽和複素環」とは、炭素原子以外に1~3個のヘテロ原子を含む4~10個の原子で構成される飽和環を意味する。ここでヘテロ原子としては、同一または異なる窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が挙げられ、好ましくは窒素原子または酸素原子、更に好ましくは窒素原子が挙げられる。具体例としては、アゼチジニル、ピロリジル、ピペリジル、モルホリニル、ホモピペリジル、ピペラジニル、ホモピペラジニル、テトラヒドロフラニル、テトラヒドロピラニル、テトラヒドロチエニル、テトラヒドロチオピラニル、オキソテトラヒドロチオピラニル、ジオキソテトラヒドロチオピラニル等が挙げられる。好ましくは、4~7員の飽和複素環であり、具体的には、アゼチジニル、ピロリジル、ピペリジル、モルホリニル、ホモピペリジル、ピペラジニル、テトラヒドロフラニルおよびテトラヒドロピラニルが挙げられる。「4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環」とは、炭素原子以外に1~2個の窒素原子を含む4~10個の原子で構成される飽和環(ここにおいて、該飽和環は更に1個の炭素原子が酸素原子または硫黄原子で置換されていてもよい)を意味する。好ましくは、4~7員の含窒素飽和複素環である。
(viii)「アルキレン」とは、特に他の定義がない限り、直鎖の炭化水素鎖を意味し、該基は一部のメチレンがシクロアルキレンに置換されていてもよい。例えば、「C2-4アルキレン」、「C2-8アルキレン」または「C1-8アルキレン」とは、炭素原子数が2~4、2~8または1~8の直鎖の炭化水素鎖を意味する。具体例的には、「C2-4アルキレン」の場合には、エチレン、プロピレン、ブチレン、シクロブチレン等が挙げられ、「C2-6アルキレン」の場合には、前記に加えて、ペンタメチレン、ヘキサメチレン等が挙げられ、「C1-8アルキレン」の場合には、前記に加えて、メチレン、オクタメチレン等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、「C2-4アルキレン」が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレンがアルキルを置換するとき、同一の炭素原子に結合する同一または異なる2つのアルキルは一緒になって環を構築してもよい。
(iv)「C1-5アルキルカルボニル-」の具体例としては、メチルカルボニル-、エチルカルボニル-、プロピルカルボニル-、イソプロピルカルボニル-、ブチルカルボニル-、イソブチルカルボニル-、tert-ブチルカルボニル-等が挙げられる。好ましくは、「C1-3アルキルカルボニル-」が挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、メチルカルボニル-が挙げられる。同様に「C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-」の具体例としては、メトキシカルボニル-、エトキシカルボニル-、プロポキシカルボニル-、イソプロポキシカルボニル-、ブトキシカルボニル-、イソブトキシカルボニル-、tert-ブトキシカルボニル-、ペントキシカルボニル-等が挙げられる。好ましくは、「C1-3アルコキシカルボニル-」が挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、メトキシカルボニル-が挙げられる。
(Vii) “saturated heterocycle” means a carbon atom and a saturated ring containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms in addition to carbon atoms; for example, “4 to 10-membered saturated heterocycle” means other than carbon atoms Means a saturated ring composed of 4 to 10 atoms including 1 to 3 heteroatoms. Here, examples of the hetero atom include the same or different nitrogen atom, oxygen atom or sulfur atom, preferably nitrogen atom or oxygen atom, more preferably nitrogen atom. Specific examples include azetidinyl, pyrrolidyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, homopiperidyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, oxotetrahydrothiopyranyl, dioxotetrahydrothiopyranyl and the like. It is done. Preferred is a 4- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, and specific examples include azetidinyl, pyrrolidyl, piperidyl, morpholinyl, homopiperidyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydropyranyl. “4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring” means a saturated ring composed of 4 to 10 atoms containing 1 to 2 nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms (wherein the saturated ring is further 1 Carbon atoms may be substituted with oxygen or sulfur atoms). A 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring is preferable.
(Viii) “Alkylene” means a straight hydrocarbon chain, unless otherwise defined, in which part of the methylene may be substituted with cycloalkylene. For example, “C 2-4 alkylene”, “C 2-8 alkylene” or “C 1-8 alkylene” means a straight hydrocarbon chain having 2 to 4, 2 to 8 or 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Means. Specifically, in the case of “C 2-4 alkylene”, ethylene, propylene, butylene, cyclobutylene and the like can be mentioned. In the case of “C 2-6 alkylene”, in addition to the above, pentamethylene In the case of “C 1-8 alkylene”, in addition to the above, methylene, octamethylene and the like can be mentioned. Among these, “C 2-4 alkylene” is preferable. Moreover, when the said alkylene substitutes an alkyl, two same or different alkyl couple | bonded with the same carbon atom may form a ring together.
(Iv) Specific examples of “C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-” include methylcarbonyl-, ethylcarbonyl-, propylcarbonyl-, isopropylcarbonyl-, butylcarbonyl-, isobutylcarbonyl-, tert-butylcarbonyl- and the like. It is done. “C 1-3 alkylcarbonyl-” is preferable, and methylcarbonyl- is more preferable. Similarly, specific examples of “C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-” include methoxycarbonyl-, ethoxycarbonyl-, propoxycarbonyl-, isopropoxycarbonyl-, butoxycarbonyl-, isobutoxycarbonyl-, tert-butoxycarbonyl-, pen And the like. “C 1-3 alkoxycarbonyl-” is preferable, and methoxycarbonyl- is more preferable.
 「置換されていてもよいアルキル」、「置換されていてもよいアルコキシ」および「置換されていてもよいアルコキシカルボニル-」のそれぞれの基のアルキル部分の置換基としては、
 (1)ハロゲン原子、
 (2)水酸基、
 (3)シアノ、
 (4)カルボキシル、
 (5)置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル、
 (6)置換されていてもよいアリール、
 (7)置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール、
 (8)C1-5アルコキシまたはフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
 (9)置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルコキシ、
 (10)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、
 (11)-NR1011
 (12)-CONR1011
 (13)置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環、および
 (14)置換されていてもよいC1-5アルキルカルボニル-
が挙げられ(R10およびR11は、前記と同義である)、
 置換されていてもよいアルキレンの置換基としては、前記(1)~(14)、および
 (15)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル
が挙げられる
(ここにおいて、前記(6)および(7)に示す基は、
 (a)水酸基、
 (b)ハロゲン、
 (c)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、
 (d)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
 (e)シアノ、
 (f)カルボキシル、
 (g)-NR1011
 (h)-CONR1011
 (i)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、および
 (j)C1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基を意味し、
(5)、(9)、(13)および(14)に示す基は、前記
 (a)水酸基、
 (b)ハロゲン、
 (c)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、
 (d)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
 (h)-CONR1011
 (i)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、および
 (j)C1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基を意味する)。中でも好ましくは、(1)、(2)、(8)、(11)、(12)または(13)の置換基であり、より好ましくは、フッ素原子、(2)または無置換の(8)が挙げられる。
As the substituent of the alkyl part of each group of “optionally substituted alkyl”, “optionally substituted alkoxy” and “optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl-”,
(1) a halogen atom,
(2) hydroxyl group,
(3) Cyano,
(4) carboxyl,
(5) optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl,
(6) aryl which may be substituted,
(7) optionally substituted heteroaryl,
(8) C 1-5 alkoxy or fluorine may be substituted with atoms C 1-5 alkoxy,
(9) optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkoxy,
(10) C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-,
(11) -NR 10 R 11 ,
(12) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
(13) an optionally substituted 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, and (14) an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-
(R 10 and R 11 are as defined above),
Examples of the optionally substituted alkylene substituent include (1) to (14) and (15) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups. (Wherein the groups shown in the above (6) and (7) are
(A) a hydroxyl group,
(B) halogen,
(C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(E) cyano,
(F) carboxyl,
(G) —NR 10 R 11
(H) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
(I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-. ,
The groups shown in (5), (9), (13) and (14) are the above (a) hydroxyl group,
(B) halogen,
(C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
(H) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
(I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- ). Among these, a substituent of (1), (2), (8), (11), (12) or (13) is preferable, and a fluorine atom, (2) or unsubstituted (8) is more preferable. Is mentioned.
 置換されていてもよいシクロアルキル(飽和炭素環)および置換されていてもよい飽和複素環の置換基としては、前記(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(h)、(i)および(j)が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、(a)、(b)、(c)または(h)の置換基であり、より好ましくは、(a)、フッ素原子または(c)が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent of the optionally substituted cycloalkyl (saturated carbocyclic ring) and optionally substituted saturated heterocyclic ring include the aforementioned (a), (b), (c), (d), (h), (I) and (j) are mentioned. Among these, a substituent of (a), (b), (c) or (h) is preferable, and (a), a fluorine atom or (c) is more preferable.
 置換されていてもよいアリール(不飽和炭素環)および置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール(不飽和複素環)の置換基としては、前記(a)~(j)が挙げられる。中でも好ましくは、(a)、(b)、(c)または(h)の置換基であり、より好ましくは、(a)、フッ素原子または(c)が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent of the optionally substituted aryl (unsaturated carbocycle) and the optionally substituted heteroaryl (unsaturated heterocycle) include the above (a) to (j). Among these, a substituent of (a), (b), (c) or (h) is preferable, and (a), a fluorine atom or (c) is more preferable.
 化合物(I)の製薬学的に許容される塩としては、例えば塩酸塩、臭化水素酸塩、硝酸塩、硫酸塩、リン酸塩等の無機酸塩、ベンゼンスルホン酸塩、安息香酸塩、クエン酸塩、フマル酸塩、グルコン酸塩、乳酸塩、マレイン酸塩、リンゴ酸塩、シュウ酸塩、メタンスルホン酸塩、酒石酸塩等の有機酸塩等の酸付加塩、ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩等のアルカリ金属塩、マグネシウム塩、カルシウム塩等のアルカリ土類金属塩、アルミニウム塩、亜鉛塩等の金属塩、アンモニウム、テトラメチルアンモニウム等のアンモニウム塩、モルホリン付加塩、ピペリジン付加塩等の有機アミン付加塩、またはグリシン付加塩、フェニルアラニン付加塩、リジン付加塩、アスパラギン酸付加塩、グルタミン酸付加塩等のアミノ酸付加塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of compound (I) include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, phosphate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, citric acid, and the like. Acid addition salts such as acid salts, fumarate salts, gluconate salts, lactate salts, maleate salts, malate salts, oxalate salts, methanesulfonate salts, tartrate salts, sodium salts, potassium salts, etc. Alkali metal salts such as alkali metal salts, magnesium salts and calcium salts, metal salts such as aluminum salts and zinc salts, ammonium salts such as ammonium and tetramethylammonium, organic amine additions such as morpholine addition salts and piperidine addition salts And amino acid addition salts such as glycine addition salts, phenylalanine addition salts, lysine addition salts, aspartic acid addition salts, glutamic acid addition salts, and the like.
 式(I)で表される本発明の化合物の中でも、A、A、X、X、X、Y、W、W、Z~Z、R~R11、およびHetの各々の基で、好ましい基は以下のとおりであるが、本発明は下記に挙げる化合物に限定されるものではない。また、各々の基で挙げる好ましい置換基は、各々の基単独の好ましい基であり、他の基と環を形成するときの好ましい環は、後述のとおりである。なお、X、W等の置換基の左右それぞれの結合鎖を表す「-」は、化学式に示されたとおりそれぞれ左右の基に結合していることを表す。 Among the compounds of the present invention represented by formula (I), A 1 , A 2 , X, X 1 , X 2 , Y, W, W 1 , Z 1 to Z 4 , R 1 to R 11 , and Het Of these groups, preferred groups are as follows, but the present invention is not limited to the compounds listed below. Moreover, the preferable substituent quoted by each group is a preferable group of each group alone, and preferable rings when forming a ring with other groups are as described below. In addition, “-” representing the left and right bond chains of the substituents such as X and W represents that they are bonded to the left and right groups as shown in the chemical formula.
 Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)である式(I)の化合物が好ましい。
 Xとしては、-X-、-X-NRCO-X-、-X-CONR-X-または-X-O-X-が好ましく、より好ましくは、-X-または-X-O-X-である。
 Xとしては、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンが好ましく、より好ましくは、C1-4アルキレンである。
 Xとしては、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンが好ましく、より好ましくは、C2-6アルキレンであり、さらに好ましくはC2-4アルキレンである。
Preference is given to compounds of the formula (I) in which A 1 is the formula (A) and A 2 is the formula (B).
The X, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 - or -X 1 -O-X 2 -, more preferably, -X 1 — or —X 1 —O—X 2 —.
X 1 is preferably C 1-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, and more preferably , C 1-4 alkylene.
X 2 is preferably C 2-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, and more preferably , C 2-6 alkylene, more preferably C 2-4 alkylene.
 Yとしては、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-3アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-3アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルが好ましく、より好ましくは、水素原子;または水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルであり、さらに好ましくは、水素原子またはC1-4アルキルである。 Y represents a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy; or a hydroxyl group; C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy is preferable, more preferably a hydrogen atom; or a hydroxyl group And C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or C 1-4 alkyl.
 Hetは、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子からなる群から独立して選ばれる1から4個のヘテロ原子を含み少なくとも1個の窒素原子を含む、5~6員環の単環式含窒素ヘテロアリーレンを意味し、好ましくは窒素原子を1個のみ含む5~6員の単環式含窒素ヘテロアリーレンである。該ヘテロアリーレンがピリミジン環と結合する箇所は、ヘテロアリーレンを構成する炭素原子である。また、該ヘテロアリーレンがWと結合する箇所は、結合可能であればヘテロアリーレンを構成する炭素原子および窒素原子のいずれでもよい。具体的なHetとしては、ピリジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、ピラジン、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、トリアゾール、チアゾール、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾールまたはイソチアゾールの2価基が好ましく、より好ましくは、ピリジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、チアゾール、オキサゾール、ピロールの2価基であり、さらに好ましくは、ピリジンまたはチアゾールの2価基である。
 また、Hetに結合するZおよびZは、結合可能であれば該ヘテロアリーレンを構成する炭素原子およびヘテロ原子のいずれと結合してもよい。
Het is a 5- to 6-membered monocyclic nitrogen-containing heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and containing at least one nitrogen atom. Arylene is meant, and is preferably a 5- to 6-membered monocyclic nitrogen-containing heteroarylene containing only one nitrogen atom. The point where the heteroarylene is bonded to the pyrimidine ring is a carbon atom constituting the heteroarylene. In addition, the portion where the heteroarylene is bonded to W may be any of a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom constituting the heteroarylene as long as bonding is possible. Specific Het is preferably a divalent group of pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, thiazole, oxazole, isoxazole or isothiazole, more preferably pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, thiazole. , Oxazole and pyrrole, more preferably a pyridine or thiazole divalent group.
Z 3 and Z 4 bonded to Het may be bonded to any of the carbon atom and hetero atom constituting the heteroarylene as long as bonding is possible.
 Wとしては、-W-、-NR-W-または-O-W-が好ましく、より好ましくは、-NR-W-または-O-W-であり、さらに好ましくは-NR-W-である。
 Wとして、好ましくは水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンが挙げられ、より好ましくは、C2-4アルキレンが挙げられる。
The W, -W 1 -, - NR 7 -W 1 - or -O-W 1 -, more preferably, -NR 7 -W 1 - or -O-W 1 - a, and still more preferably -NR 7 -W 1- .
As W 1, preferably hydroxyl, include fluorine atom and C 1-10 identical or different one to three good C 1-8 alkylene optionally substituted with a substituent selected from the group consisting of alkyl, more Preferably, C 2-4 alkylene is used.
 ZおよびZとして好ましくは、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ(該基は、C1-5アルコキシおよびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい)および4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;シアノ;1~3個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシカルボニル-;ハロゲンおよびC1-10アルキル(該基は、1~3個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい)からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール;ハロゲン;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ;または-NRが挙げられる。より好ましくは、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ(該基は、C1-5アルコキシおよびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい)および4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルであり、さらに好ましくは、水素原子;水酸基、C1-5アルコキシおよび4~6員の含窒素飽和複素環からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルキル;またはC3-8シクロアルキルである。 Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is the same or different 1 to 3 selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of 4-10 membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycle C 3-8 cycloalkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-5 alkoxy; cyano; 1 to 3 fluorines optionally substituted C 1-5 also be alkoxycarbonyl with atoms -; halogen and C 1-10 alkyl (in which from 1 to 3 fluorine atoms may be substituted with) or the group consisting of Heteroaryl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected; halogen; substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom C 1-5 alkoxy; or —NR 8 R 9 may be mentioned. More preferably, a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) And a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of 4 to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles; hydroxyl group, fluorine atom And C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy, and more preferably a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, C 1 -5 alkoxy and 4 the same is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring-6-membered or different one to three optionally substituted with a substituent C 1-5 alkyl; or C -8 cycloalkyl.
 ZおよびZとして好ましくは、水素原子;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;または水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシが挙げられ、より好ましくは、水素原子;フッ素で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;またはフッ素で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシであり、さらに好ましくは、水素原子、ハロゲンまたはC1-5アルコキシが挙げられる。 Z 3 and Z 4 are preferably a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom; a halogen; or a hydroxyl group And C 1-5 alkoxy which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine atoms, and more preferably, a hydrogen atom; Good C 1-10 alkyl; halogen; or C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with fluorine, more preferably a hydrogen atom, halogen or C 1-5 alkoxy.
 R、R、RおよびRとして好ましくは、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシおよびカルバモイルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-10アルキル、C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-およびC1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環が挙げられる。より好ましくは、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-3アルコキシおよびカルバモイルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環が挙げられる。さらに好ましくは、水素原子;または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-3アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルが挙げられる。最も好ましくは、水素原子またはC1-10アルキルである。 R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are preferably substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-5 alkoxy and carbamoyl. An optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl; a C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom; or a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom 4- to 10- membered optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl- and C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- Of the saturated heterocyclic ring. More preferably, a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-3 alkoxy and carbamoyl; a hydroxyl group And a C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine atoms; or selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl And 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents. More preferably, a hydrogen atom; or a C 1-10 alkyl which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy may be mentioned. . Most preferably, it is a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl.
 R、R、R、RおよびRとして好ましくは、水素原子またはフッ素、水酸基、C1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルが挙げられ、より好ましくは、水素原子またはC1-10アルキルが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、C1-4アルキルが挙げられる。
 R10およびR11として好ましくは、水素原子;1~5個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;または、R10とR11が一緒になって形成する4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環が挙げられ、より好ましくは、水素原子またはC1-10アルキルが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、C1-4アルキルが挙げられる。
R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are preferably substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom, fluorine, hydroxyl group and C 1-5 alkoxy. C 1-10 alkyl which may be optionally substituted is mentioned, more preferably, a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl is mentioned, and still more preferably, C 1-4 alkyl is mentioned.
R 10 and R 11 are preferably a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms; or a 4 to 10 member formed by R 10 and R 11 taken together A nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, more preferably a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl, and still more preferably C 1-4 alkyl.
 R-R、X-Y、R-R、R-X、R-X、R-X、R-R、R-R、R-WまたはR-Wの各組は、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよい。「それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して環を形成する」とは、下記に示すようにそれぞれの炭素原子に結合しているそれぞれ1個の水素原子が除かれてそれぞれの炭素原子が結合し、環を形成することを意味する。以下、具体的な環を挙げるが、これら例示の環に限定されない。なお、形成される含窒素飽和複素環の数は、式(A)および式(B)において、それぞれ独立して0~2個である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
R 1 -R 2 , X 1 -Y, R 1 -R 5 , R 5 -X 2 , R 1 -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 3 -R 4 , R 3 -R 7 , R 3- Each group of W 1 or R 7 -W 1 is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is a ring The same as the substituent which may be substituted in each of the constituent groups). “The carbon atoms of each group are bonded to form a ring” means that, as shown below, each hydrogen atom bonded to each carbon atom is removed and each carbon atom is bonded. Means to form a ring. Specific rings are listed below, but are not limited to these exemplified rings. The number of nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles formed is independently 0 to 2 in formula (A) and formula (B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 R-RまたはR-Rの各組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Preferred examples when each group of R 1 -R 2 or R 3 -R 4 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of the respective groups The following structures are mentioned as:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 より好ましくは、r-a、r-b、r-c、r-dおよびr-fが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、r-b、r-c、r-dおよびr-fが挙げられる。 More preferred are r 1 -a, r 1 -b, r 1 -c, r 1 -d and r 1 -f, and more preferred are r 1 -b, r 1 -c, r 1 -d. And r 1 -f.
 X-Yが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
When X 1 -Y forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 より好ましくは、y-a、y-c、y-d、y-e、y-f、y-gおよびy-hが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、y-a、y-c、y-e、y-fおよびy-hが挙げられる。 More preferably, ya, yc, yd, ye, yf, yg, and yh are mentioned, and more preferably ya, yc, ye. , Yf and yh.
 R-Rが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
When R 1 -R 5 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 より好ましくは、r-a、r-b、r-c、r-d、およびr-eが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、r-a、r-b、およびr-eが挙げられる。 More preferable examples include r 5 -a, r 5 -b, r 5 -c, r 5 -d, and r 5 -e, and more preferably r 5 -a, r 5 -b, and r 5. -E.
 R-Xが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
When R 5 -X 2 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 より好ましくは、x-a、x-b、x-c、x-d、x-e、x-f、x-g、およびx-jが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、x-a、x-c、x-d、x-e、x-f、およびx-jが挙げられる。 More preferable examples include x 2 -a, x 2 -b, x 2 -c, x 2 -d, x 2 -e, x 2 -f, x 2 -g, and x 2 -j, and more preferable. Includes x 2 -a, x 2 -c, x 2 -d, x 2 -e, x 2 -f, and x 2 -j.
 R-X、R-Xの各組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。ここにおいて、Xが-X-であり、R-Xの組のそれぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、Xは置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレン、または、n-プロピレン(但し、環を形成する位置はn-プロピレンの1位または3位の炭素原子である)である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Preferred examples when each group of R 1 -X 1 and R 1 -X 2 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of the respective groups The following structures are mentioned as: Here, X is —X 1 —, and the carbon atoms of each group of the group of R 1 —X 1 are bonded to form an optionally substituted 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring. In some cases, X 1 is optionally substituted C 4-8 alkylene, or n-propylene (where the ring-forming position is the 1- or 3-position carbon atom of n-propylene).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 より好ましくは、x-a、x-b、x-c、x-d、x-e、x-f、x-gおよびx-kが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、x-b、x-c、x-eおよびx-gが挙げられる。 More preferably, x 1 -a, x 1 -b, x 1 -c, x 1 -d, x 1 -e, x 1 -f, x 1 -g and x 1 -k are mentioned, and more preferably , X 1 -b, x 1 -c, x 1 -e and x 1 -g.
 R-Rが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
When R 3 -R 7 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 より好ましくは、r-a、r-b、r-c、r-d、r-e、およびr-gが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、r-a、r-b、r-c、およびr-gが挙げられる。 More preferably, r 3 -a, r 3 -b, r 3 -c, r 3 -d, r 3 -e, and r 3 -g are mentioned, and more preferably, r 3 -a, r 3- b, r 3 -c, and r 3 -g.
 R-Wが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
When R 3 -W 1 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 より好ましくは、w-a、w-c、w-d、w-e、w-f、w-g、w-h、w-i、w-j、w-kおよびw-pが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、w-a、w-c、w-e、w-f、w-hおよびw-jが挙げられる。 More preferably, w 1 -a, w 1 -c, w 1 -d, w 1 -e, w 1 -f, w 1 -g, w 1 -h, w 1 -i, w 1 -j, w 1 -k and w 1 -p are mentioned, and more preferred are w 1 -a, w 1 -c, w 1 -e, w 1 -f, w 1 -h and w 1 -j.
 R-Wが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、その好ましい例としては下記の構造が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
When R 7 -W 1 forms a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atoms of each group, preferred examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 より好ましくは、r-a、r-c、r-d、r-e、r-f、r-g、r-h、r-i、r-j、r-k、r-l、r-m、r-n、r-o、r-pおよびr-wが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、r-a、r-c、r-e、r-g、r-h、r-j、r-lおよびr-oが挙げられる。 More preferably, r 7 -a, r 7 -c, r 7 -d, r 7 -e, r 7 -f, r 7 -g, r 7 -h, r 7 -i, r 7 -j, r 7 -k, r 7 -l, r 7 -m, r 7 -n, r 7 -o, include r 7 -p and r 7 -w, more preferably, r 7 -a, r 7 -c , R 7 -e, r 7 -g, r 7 -h, r 7 -j, r 7 -l and r 7 -o.
 ZおよびZが、隣接している場合一緒になって置換されていてもよい5~8員の飽和もしくは不飽和の複素環または飽和もしくは不飽和の炭素環を形成するとき、ZおよびZが結合するヘテロアリール環と共に表される下記の基が好ましい例である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
[式中、R’およびR”は、それぞれ独立して、項2の(c)、(i)、(j)または水素原子であり、oは1~4の整数、pは0~5の整数、qは0~5の整数であり、pとqの整数の和は2~5である。]
When Z 3 and Z 4 form a 5- to 8-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle or saturated or unsaturated carbocycle which may be substituted together when adjacent, Z 3 and The following groups represented by the heteroaryl ring to which Z 4 is bonded are preferred examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
[Wherein, R ′ and R ″ each independently represent (c), (i), (j) or a hydrogen atom in Item 2, o represents an integer of 1 to 4, and p represents 0 to 5] Integer, q is an integer from 0 to 5, and the sum of the integers of p and q is 2 to 5.]
 より好ましくは、z-d、z-e、z-f、z-j、z-k、z-l、z-m、z-n、z-o、z-q、z-v、z-w、z-x、z-y、z-aa、およびz-bbが挙げられ、さらに好ましくは、z-d、z-j、z-m、z-y、z-aa、およびz-bbが挙げられる。 More preferably, z 3 -d, z 3 -e, z 3 -f, z 3 -j, z 3 -k, z 3 -l, z 3 -m, z 3 -n, z 3 -o, z 3 -q, z 3 -v, z 3 -w, z 3 -x, z 3 -y, z 3 -aa, and z 3 -bb, more preferably z 3 -d, z 3- j, z 3 -m, z 3 -y, z 3 -aa, and z 3 -bb.
 なお、本明細書において記載の簡略化のために、次に挙げる略号を用いることもある。o-:ortho-、p-:para-、t-:tert-、s-:sec-、THF:テトラヒドロフラン、DME:エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、DMF:N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、DMA:N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、NMP:N-メチルピロリジノン、DCE:1,2-ジクロロエタン、DMSO:ジメチルスルホキシド、CDCl:重クロロホルム、DMSO-d:重ジメチルスルホキシド、OMs:メタンスルホニルオキシ、OTs:トルエンスルホニルオキシ、OTf:トリフルオロメタンスルホニルオキシ、s:singlet, d:doublet, t:triplet, q:quartet, m:multiplet、Boc:t-ブトキシカルボニル、DPPF:1,1’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン、DPPE:1,2-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)エタン、DPPP:1,3-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)プロパン、DPPB:1,4-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)ブタン、BINAP(登録商標):2,2’-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)-1,1’-ビナフチル、DPE-Phos(登録商標):ビス(2-ジフェニルホスフィノフェニル)エーテル、XANT-Phos(登録商標):9,9-ジメチル-4,5-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)キサンチン、S-Phos:2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’、6’-ジメトキシ-1,1’-ビフェニル(登録商標)、X-Phos:2-ジシクロヘキシルホスフィノ-2’、4’、6’-トリイソプロピル-1,1’-ビフェニル(登録商標)、HATU:O-(7-アザベンゾトリアゾル-1-イル)-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルウロニウムヘキサフルオロリン酸塩。 Note that the following abbreviations may be used to simplify the description in this specification. o-: ortho-, p-: para-, t-: tert-, s-: sec-, THF: tetrahydrofuran, DME: ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, DMF: N, N-dimethylformamide, DMA: N, N-dimethyl Acetamide, NMP: N-methylpyrrolidinone, DCE: 1,2-dichloroethane, DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide, CDCl 3 : deuterated chloroform, DMSO-d 6 : deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide, OMs: methanesulfonyloxy, OTs: toluenesulfonyloxy, OTf : Trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, s: singlelet, d: doublet, t: triplet, m: multiplet, Boc: t-butoxycarbonyl, DPPF: 1,1′-bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene, DPPE: 1,2-bis (diphenyl Phosphino) ethane, DPPP: 1,3-bis (diphenylphosphino) propane, DPPB: 1,4-bis (diphenylphosphino) butane, BINAP®: 2,2′-bis (diphenylphosphino)- 1,1′-binaphthyl, DPE-Phos®: bis (2-diphenylphosphinophenyl) ether, XANT-Phos®: 9,9-dimethyl-4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) Xanthine, S-Phos: 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2 ′, 6′-dimethoxy-1,1′-biphenyl (registered trademark), X-Phos: 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2 ′, 4 ′, 6′- Triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl (registered trademark), HATU: O- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) -1,1,3,3 Tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate.
 本発明の化合物(I)の製造法について以下に述べる。化合物(Ia)、(Ib)、(Ic)、(Id)、(Ie)、(If)、(Ig)、(Ih)、(Ii)および(Ij)は、化合物(I)に含まれる化合物である。化合物(I)は、下記の製造法1~12で示される方法またはそれに準じた方法により得られる。反応式中の化合物は塩を形成している場合も含み、該塩としては、例えば化合物(I)の塩と同様のものが挙げられる。 The production method of the compound (I) of the present invention is described below. Compounds (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (If), (Ig), (Ih), (Ii) and (Ij) are compounds included in compound (I) It is. Compound (I) can be obtained by the method shown in the following production methods 1 to 12 or a method analogous thereto. The compound in the reaction formula includes a case where a salt is formed, and examples of the salt include those similar to the salt of compound (I).
製造法1:
 化合物(I)のうち、Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)である化合物(Ia)、およびAが式(B)であり、Aが式(A)である化合物(Ib)は、以下に示す製造法によって得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z、Z、Z、ZおよびHetは、前記と同義である。Rは置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子である。)
Production method 1:
Among the compounds (I), A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the compound (Ia) of the formula (B), and A 1 is the formula (B), and A 2 is the formula (A) A certain compound (Ib) can be obtained by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R a is substituted. And R b is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, and Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
〔工程1〕
 化合物(II)を、溶媒中2~10当量、好ましくは3~5当量の塩基の存在下、1~20当量、好ましくは2~10当量の尿素と反応させることにより、化合物(III)を得ることができる。化合物(II)は、市販品としてまたは公知の方法[例えば、Journal of American Chemical Society, 316 (1920), Journal of American Chemical Society, 580 (1942), Journal of American Chemical Society, 831 (1952)]もしくはそれに準じた方法によって合成される。
[Step 1]
Compound (III) is obtained by reacting Compound (II) with 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 2 to 10 equivalents of urea in the presence of 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 3 to 5 equivalents of a base in a solvent. be able to. Compound (II) is a commercially available product or a known method [for example, Journal of American Chemical Society, 316 (1920), Journal of American Chemical Society, 580 (1942), Journal of American Chemical Society, 831 (1952)] or It is synthesized by a method according to it.
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、DMA、NMP、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもメタノールまたはエタノールが好ましい。
 塩基としては、例えばナトリウムメトキシド、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウム t-ブトキシド等の各種アルカリまたはアルカリ土類金属アルコキシド等を用いることができ、中でもナトリウムメトキシドまたはナトリウムエトキシドが好ましい。
 反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~100℃で、通常1~60時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, with methanol or ethanol being preferred.
As the base, for example, various alkali or alkaline earth metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide and the like can be used, and among them, sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide is preferable.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 50 to 100 ° C., usually for 1 to 60 hours.
〔工程2〕
 工程1で得られる化合物(III)を、溶媒中または無溶媒で過剰量、好ましくは3~10当量のハロゲン化剤と反応させることにより、化合物(IV)を得ることができる。
[Step 2]
Compound (IV) can be obtained by reacting compound (III) obtained in step 1 with a halogenating agent in an excess amount, preferably 3 to 10 equivalents, in a solvent or without a solvent.
 ハロゲン化剤としては、例えばオキシ塩化リン、五塩化リン、オキシ臭化リン等が用いられる。本反応で用いられる溶媒としては、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばDCE、THF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、クロロホルム、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、酢酸エチル、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジエチルアニリン等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができる。
 反応は0℃から溶媒またはハロゲン化剤の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~140℃で、通常1~24時間行われる。
Examples of the halogenating agent include phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus oxybromide and the like. The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, DCE, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, chloroform, benzene, toluene, xylene, ethyl acetate , Triethylamine, pyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-diethylaniline and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent or halogenating agent, preferably 50 to 140 ° C., usually for 1 to 24 hours.
〔工程3〕
 工程2で得られる化合物(IV)を、溶媒中で1~5当量、好ましくは1.5~2当量の塩基の存在下、1~5当量、好ましくは1.2~3当量の化合物(V)と反応させることにより、化合物(VI-a)および/または(VI-b)を得ることができる。
[Step 3]
Compound (IV) obtained in Step 2 is added in a solvent in the presence of 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.5 to 2 equivalents of a base, and 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents of compound (V ) To give compound (VI-a) and / or (VI-b).
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、DMA、NMP、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でも1,4-ジオキサン、NMPまたは2-プロパノールが好ましい。
 塩基としては、例えば炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウム、酢酸ナトリウム等の塩基性塩類、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等の無機塩基類、ピリジン、ルチジン等の芳香族アミン類、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、シクロヘキシルジメチルアミン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N-メチルピペリジン、N-メチルピロリジン、N-メチルモルホリン等の第3級アミン類、水素化ナトリウム、水素化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水素化物類、中でも炭酸カリウム、トリエチルアミンまたはN,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミンが好ましい。
 反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~180℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, and among these, 1,4-dioxane, NMP or 2-propanol is preferable.
Examples of the base include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine and tripropylamine. Tertiary amines such as tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, Alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, among them, potassium carbonate, triethylamine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine are preferred.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 50 to 180 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
〔工程4〕
 工程3で得られる化合物(VI-a)または化合物(VI-b)を、溶媒中で1~10当量、好ましくは2~4当量の塩基、および0.01~1当量、好ましくは0.05~0.2当量のパラジウム触媒、必要に応じて0.01~1当量、好ましくは0.05~0.2当量のホスフィン配位子の存在下、1~5当量、好ましくは1.1~2当量の化合物(VII)と反応させることにより、化合物(Ia)または化合物(Ib)をそれぞれ得ることができる。
[Step 4]
Compound (VI-a) or Compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 is used in a solvent in an amount of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents, and 0.01 to 1 equivalents, preferably 0.05. ~ 0.2 equivalents of palladium catalyst, optionally in the presence of 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of a phosphine ligand, 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to Compound (Ia) or compound (Ib) can be obtained by reacting with 2 equivalents of compound (VII).
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、水等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもDMFと水、DMEと水または1,4-ジオキサンと水の混合溶媒が好ましい。
 パラジウム触媒としては、例えばテトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム、ビス(t-ブチルホスフィン)パラジウム、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム等の0価触媒、またはビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム・ジクロリド、酢酸パラジウム、ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノフェロセン)パラジウム・ジクロリド等の2価触媒を用いることができ、中でもテトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウムまたは酢酸パラジウムが好ましい。
 ホスフィン配位子としては、例えばo-トリトリルホスフィン、S-PhosまたはX-Phos等の単座配位型の配位子、DPPF、DPPE、DPPP、DPPB、BINAP、XANT-PhosまたはDPE-Phos等の二座配位型の配位子を用いることができ、中でもS-PhosまたはX-Phosが好ましい。
 塩基としては、例えば炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウム、酢酸ナトリウムまたはリン酸カリウム等の塩基性塩類が挙げられるが、中でも炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウムまたはリン酸カリウムが好ましい。反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~180℃の加熱下もしくはマイクロ波照射下で、通常0.5~24時間で行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, water and the like are used alone. Alternatively, they can be used in combination, and among them, a mixed solvent of DMF and water, DME and water, or 1,4-dioxane and water is preferable.
Examples of the palladium catalyst include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, among which tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium or palladium acetate is preferred.
Examples of phosphine ligands include monodentate ligands such as o-tolylphosphine, S-Phos or X-Phos, DPPF, DPPE, DPPP, DPPB, BINAP, XANT-Phos or DPE-Phos. The following bidentate ligands can be used, and S-Phos or X-Phos is particularly preferable.
Examples of the base include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium acetate or potassium phosphate, among which sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate or potassium phosphate is preferable. The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at 50 to 180 ° C. or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
製造法2:
 化合物(I)のうち、Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)であり、Wが-NR-W-である化合物(Ic)は、化合物(VI-a)より、以下に示す製造法によって得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(式中、R、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z、Z、Z、ZおよびHetは、前記と同義であり、Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、HalおよびHalは、それぞれ独立して塩素原子または臭素原子である。)
Production method 2:
Among compounds (I), compound (Ic) in which A 1 is formula (A), A 2 is formula (B), and W is —NR 7 —W 1 — is compound (VI-a) Thus, it can be obtained by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , W 1 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above, and R b is A hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, Hal a and Hal b are each independently a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
〔工程5〕
 工程3で得られる化合物(VI-a)と化合物(VIII)とを用いて工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(IX)を得ることができる。
[Step 5]
Compound (IX) can be obtained by reacting Compound (VI-a) obtained in Step 3 and Compound (VIII) in the same manner as in Step 4.
〔工程6〕
 工程5で得られる化合物(IX)を、溶媒中1~10当量、好ましくは3~5当量の塩基、および0.01~1当量、好ましくは0.05~0.2当量のホスフィン配位子、および0.01~1当量、好ましくは0.05~0.2当量のパラジウム触媒の存在下、1~5当量、好ましくは1~2当量の化合物(X)と反応させることにより、化合物(Ic)を得ることができる。
[Step 6]
Compound (IX) obtained in Step 5 is added in a solvent in an amount of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 3 to 5 equivalents of a base, and 0.01 to 1 equivalents, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of a phosphine ligand. And 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents of compound (X) in the presence of 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of palladium catalyst, Ic) can be obtained.
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもトルエンまたは1,4-ジオキサンが好ましい。
 ホスフィン配位子としては、例えばトリフェニルホスフィン、o-トリトリルホスフィン、トリフラニルホスフィン、トリ t-ブチルホスフィン等の単座配位型ホスフィン、またはBINAP、2,2’-ビス(ジトリルホスフィノ)-1,1’-ビナフチル、DPE-Phos、XANT-Phos等の2座配位型ホスフィンを用いることができ、中でもBINAPが好ましい。
 パラジウム触媒としては、例えばテトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム、ビス(t-ブチルホスフィン)パラジウム、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム等の0価触媒、またはビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム・ジクロリド、酢酸パラジウム、ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノフェロセン)パラジウム・ジクロリド等の2価触媒を用いることができ、中でもトリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウムまたは酢酸パラジウムが好ましい。
 塩基としては、例えば炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウム、酢酸ナトリウム等の塩基性塩類、ナトリウムメトキシド、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウム t-ブトキシド等の各種アルカリまたはアルカリ土類金属アルコキシド等を用いることができ、中でも炭酸セシウムまたはナトリウム t-ブトキシドが好ましい。反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~180℃の間の温度で加熱下もしくはマイクロ波照射下で、通常0.5~24時間で行われる。なお、同様の製造法によりAが式(B)であり、Aが式(A)である化合物も工程3で得られる化合物(VI-b)より得ることができる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene and the like are used alone or in combination. Among them, toluene or 1,4-dioxane is preferable.
Examples of the phosphine ligand include tridentate phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, o-tolylphosphine, trifuranylphosphine, and tri-t-butylphosphine, or BINAP, 2,2′-bis (ditolylphosphino ) -1,1′-binaphthyl, DPE-Phos, XANT-Phos and other bidentate phosphines can be used, and among these, BINAP is preferable.
Examples of the palladium catalyst include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, and tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium or palladium acetate is particularly preferable.
As the base, for example, basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, various alkalis such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide and potassium t-butoxide, or alkaline earth metal alkoxides can be used. Of these, cesium carbonate or sodium t-butoxide is preferred. The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably between 50 and 180 ° C., under heating or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5 to 24 hours. A compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
製造法3:
 化合物(I)のうち、Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)であり、Wが-O-W-である化合物(Id)は、化合物(VI-a)より、以下に示す製造法によって得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z、Z、Z、ZおよびHetは、前記と同義である。Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子である。)
Production method 3:
Among the compounds (I), the compound (Id) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and W is —O—W 1 — is obtained from the compound (VI-a). It can be obtained by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W 1 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het have the same meanings as described above. R b represents a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group which may be substituted, and Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
〔工程7〕
 工程3で得られる化合物(VI-a)と化合物(XI)とを用いて工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XII)を得ることができる。
[Step 7]
Compound (XII) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in step 3 and compound (XI) in the same manner as in step 4.
〔工程8〕
 工程7で得られる化合物(XII)を、溶媒中、1~10当量、好ましくは1~3当量のホスフィン、および1~10当量、好ましくは1~3当量のアゾ化合物または角田試薬存在下、1~5当量、好ましくは1~3当量の対応するアルコール誘導体と反応させることにより、化合物(Id)を得ることができる。または、工程7で得られる化合物(XII)を、溶媒中、1~10当量、好ましくは1~3当量の塩基の存在下または非存在下、1~5当量、好ましくは1~3当量の対応するアルキルハロゲン誘導体等と反応させることによっても化合物(Id)を得ることができる。
[Step 8]
Compound (XII) obtained in Step 7 is added in a solvent in the presence of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of phosphine, and 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of an azo compound or Kakuda reagent. Compound (Id) can be obtained by reacting with ˜5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of the corresponding alcohol derivative. Alternatively, the compound (XII) obtained in Step 7 is used in a solvent in the presence or absence of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of a base, and 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents. Compound (Id) can also be obtained by reacting with an alkyl halogen derivative or the like.
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ジクロロメタン、DCE、クロロホルム、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、DMA、NMP、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもTHF、ジクロロメタン、トルエン、DMFが好ましい。
 使用するホスフィンとしては、例えばトリフェニルホスフィン、トリメチルホスフィン、トリブチルホスフィン等が挙げられるが、中でもトリフェニルホスフィンが好ましい。
 アゾ化合物としては、ジエチルアゾジカルボキシレート、ジイソプロピルアゾジカルボキシレート、ジシクロヘキシルアゾジカルボキシレート、ジベンジルアゾジカルボキシレート等が上げられるが、中でもジエチルアゾジカルボキシレートまたはジイソプロピルアゾジカルボキシレートが好ましい。
 塩基としては、例えば炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウム、酢酸ナトリウム等の塩基性塩類、ピリジン、ルチジン等の芳香族アミン類、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、シクロヘキシルジメチルアミン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N-メチルピペリジン、N-メチルピロリジン、N-メチルモルホリン等の第3級アミン類、水素化ナトリウム、水素化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水素化物類、中でも炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウム、ピリジン、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミンまたは水素化ナトリウムが好ましい。反応は0℃から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは室温~100℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。なお、同様の製造法によりAが式(B)であり、Aが式(A)である化合物も工程3で得られる化合物(VI-b)より得ることができる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, dichloromethane, DCE, chloroform, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF , DMA, NMP, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof. Among them, THF, dichloromethane, toluene and DMF are preferable.
Examples of the phosphine to be used include triphenylphosphine, trimethylphosphine, tributylphosphine and the like, among which triphenylphosphine is preferable.
Examples of the azo compound include diethyl azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, dicyclohexyl azodicarboxylate, dibenzyl azodicarboxylate, and the like, among which diethyl azodicarboxylate or diisopropyl azodicarboxylate is preferable.
Examples of the base include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine and 4-dimethylaminopyridine. , Tertiary amines such as N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride Of these, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, pyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine or sodium hydride are preferred. The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably room temperature to 100 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours. A compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
製造法4:
 化合物(I)のうち、Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)である化合物(Ia)は、以下に示す製造法によっても得ることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z、Z、Z、ZおよびHetは、前記と同義である。Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子である。)
Production method 4:
Among compounds (I), compound (Ia) in which A 1 is formula (A) and A 2 is formula (B) can also be obtained by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R a is substituted. An alkyl group which may be substituted, and Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
〔工程9〕
 1~10当量、好ましくは1~3当量の化合物(XIII)と、化合物(II)とを、溶媒中2~10当量、好ましくは2~4当量の塩基の存在下反応させることにより、化合物(XIV)を得ることができる。化合物(XIII)は、市販品としてまたは公知の方法[例えば、Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 55, 372-375 (2007)]もしくはそれに準じた方法によって合成される。
[Step 9]
By reacting 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents of compound (XIII) with compound (II) in a solvent in the presence of 2 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of a base, XIV) can be obtained. Compound (XIII) is synthesized as a commercially available product or by a known method [for example, Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 55, 372-375 (2007)] or a method analogous thereto.
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、DMA、NMP、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもメタノールまたはエタノールが好ましい。
 塩基としては、例えばナトリウムメトキシド、ナトリウムエトキシド、カリウム t-ブトキシド等の各種アルカリまたはアルカリ土類金属アルコキシド等を用いることができ、中でもナトリウムメトキシドまたはナトリウムエトキシドが好ましい。反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~100℃で、通常1~60時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof. Among these, methanol or ethanol is preferable.
As the base, for example, various alkali or alkaline earth metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium t-butoxide and the like can be used, and among them, sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide is preferable. The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 50 to 100 ° C., usually for 1 to 60 hours.
〔工程10〕
 工程9で得られる化合物(XIV)を工程2と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XV)を得ることができる。
[Step 10]
Compound (XV) can be obtained by reacting compound (XIV) obtained in step 9 in the same manner as in step 2.
〔工程11〕
 工程10で得られる化合物(XV)と化合物(V)とを用いて工程3と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(Ia)を得ることができる。
[Step 11]
Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting compound (XV) obtained in step 10 and compound (V) in the same manner as in step 3.
製造法5:
 化合物(I)のうち、Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)であり、Wが-NR-W-である化合物(Ic)は、例えば化合物(II)より、以下に示す製造法によっても得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(式中、R、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z、Z、Z、ZおよびHetは、前記と同義であり、HalおよびHalは、それぞれ独立して塩素原子または臭素原子であり、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基である。)
Production method 5:
Among the compounds (I), the compound (Ic) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and W is —NR 7 —W 1 — is, for example, from the compound (II) It can also be obtained by the following production method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , W 1 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above, Hal a and Hal b is each independently a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, and R a is an optionally substituted alkyl group.)
〔工程12〕
 化合物(XVI)と化合物(II)とを用いて工程9と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XVII)を得ることができる。なお、化合物(XVI)は、市販品としてまたは公知の方法[例えば、Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 55, 372-375 (2007)]もしくはそれに準じた方法によって合成される。
[Step 12]
Compound (XVII) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XVI) and Compound (II) in the same manner as in Step 9. Compound (XVI) is synthesized as a commercially available product or by a known method [for example, Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 55, 372-375 (2007)] or a method analogous thereto.
〔工程13〕
 工程12で得られる化合物(XVII)を工程2と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XVIII)を得ることができる。
[Step 13]
Compound (XVIII) can be obtained by reacting compound (XVII) obtained in step 12 in the same manner as in step 2.
〔工程14〕
 工程13で得られる化合物(XVIII)と化合物(V)とを用いて工程3と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(IX)を得ることができる。
[Step 14]
Compound (IX) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XVIII) obtained in Step 13 and Compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3.
〔工程15〕
 工程14で得られる化合物(IX)と化合物(X)とを用いて工程6と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(Ic)を得ることができる。
[Step 15]
Compound (Ic) can be obtained by reacting compound (IX) obtained in step 14 and compound (X) in the same manner as in step 6.
製造法6:
 化合物(I)のうち、Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)であり、Xが-X-である化合物(Ie)は、例えば化合物(IV)より、以下に示す製造法によっても得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、Y、Z、Z、Z、ZおよびHetは、前記と同義であり、Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、Rは、置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、Rは、水素原子またはXに置換可能な置換基と同義であり、X1’は、置換されていてもよいC1-7アルキレンであり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子である。)
Production method 6:
Among the compounds (I), the compound (Ie) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and X is —X 1 — is, for example, from the compound (IV): It can also be obtained by the production method shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above, and R b is a hydrogen atom or substituted even if an alkyl group, R c is an alkyl group which may be substituted, R d has the same meaning as a group capable of substituting for a hydrogen atom or X 1, X 1 'is a substituted C 1-7 alkylene, and Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
〔工程16〕
 工程2で得られる化合物(IV)と化合物(XIX)とを工程3と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XX)を得ることができる。
[Step 16]
Compound (XX) can be obtained by reacting compound (IV) obtained in step 2 with compound (XIX) in the same manner as in step 3.
〔工程17〕
 工程16で得られる化合物(XX)を、溶媒中で0.1~5当量、好ましくは0.1~1当量の酸と反応させることにより、化合物(XXI)を得ることができる。
[Step 17]
Compound (XXI) can be obtained by reacting compound (XX) obtained in step 16 with 0.1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 0.1 to 1 equivalents of an acid in a solvent.
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、ジエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノンまたは水等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもアセトンと水の混合溶媒が好ましい。
 酸としては、例えばp-トルエンスルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、カンファースルホン酸等の有機スルホン酸類、酢酸、トリフルオロ酢酸等の有機カルボン酸類、塩酸、硫酸等の鉱酸類、スカンジウムトリフルオロメタンスルホネート、インジウムトリフルオロメタンスルホネート等のルイス酸類が上げられるが、中でもp-トルエンスルホン酸が好ましい。反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは室温~80℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, water or the like may be used alone or in combination. Among them, a mixed solvent of acetone and water is preferable.
Examples of the acid include organic sulfonic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid and camphorsulfonic acid, organic carboxylic acids such as acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid and sulfuric acid, scandium trifluoromethanesulfonate, indium trifluoro Lewis acids such as romethanesulfonate can be raised, and p-toluenesulfonic acid is preferred among them. The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at room temperature to 80 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
〔工程18〕
 工程17で得られる化合物(XXI)を、溶媒中で1~10当量、好ましくは2~3当量の酸の存在下、1~10当量、好ましくは2~4当量の水素化ホウ素化合物、および1~10当量、好ましくは1.1~2当量の化合物(XXII)と反応させることにより、化合物(XXIII)を得ることができる。
[Step 18]
Compound (XXI) obtained in Step 17 is added in a solvent in the presence of 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 3 equivalents of acid, 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 2 to 4 equivalents of borohydride compound, and 1 Compound (XXIII) can be obtained by reacting with ˜10 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 2 equivalents of compound (XXII).
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、1,2-ジクロロエタン、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でも1,2-ジクロロエタンまたはメタノールが好ましい。
 酸としては、例えばギ酸、プロピオン酸、酢酸、トリフルオロ酢酸等のカルボン酸類、塩酸等の鉱酸類を用いることができ、中でも酢酸が好ましい。
 水素化ホウ素化合物としては、例えばシアノ水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、トリアセトキシ水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム等を用いることができ、中でもシアノ水素化ホウ素ナトリウムまたはトリアセトキシ水素化ホウ素ナトリウムが好ましい。
 反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは室温~40℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, methanol, ethanol , N-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or as a mixture thereof, among which 1,2-dichloroethane or methanol is preferred.
As the acid, for example, carboxylic acids such as formic acid, propionic acid, acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, and mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid can be used, among which acetic acid is preferable.
As the borohydride compound, for example, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triacetoxyborohydride, sodium borohydride and the like can be used, and among them, sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride is preferable.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at room temperature to 40 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
〔工程19〕
 工程18で得られる化合物(XXIII)と化合物(VII)とを工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(Ie)を得ることができる。
[Step 19]
Compound (Ie) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXIII) obtained in step 18 with compound (VII) in the same manner as in step 4.
製造法7:
 化合物(I)のうち、Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)であり、Wがメチレンまたはメチンである化合物(If)は、例えば化合物(VI-a)より、以下に示す製造法により得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(式中、R、R、R、R、X、Y、Z、Z、Z、ZおよびHetは、前記と同義である。Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキル基であり、Rは、水素原子またはC1-3アルキルであり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子を表す。)
Production method 7:
Among the compounds (I), the compound (If) in which A 1 is the formula (A), A 2 is the formula (B), and W is methylene or methine is, for example, from the compound (VI-a): It can obtain by the manufacturing method shown in.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X, Y, Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R b is a hydrogen atom or substituted. An optionally substituted alkyl group, R e is a hydrogen atom or C 1-3 alkyl, and Hal a represents a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.)
〔工程20〕
 製造法1で得られる化合物(VI-a)と化合物(XXIV)とを工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XXV)を得ることができる。
[Step 20]
Compound (XXV) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in Production Method 1 with compound (XXIV) in the same manner as in Step 4.
〔工程21〕
 工程20で得られる化合物(XXV)と化合物(XXVI)とを工程18と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(If)を得ることができる。なお、同様の製造法によりAが式(B)であり、Aが式(A)である化合物も工程3で得られる化合物(VI-b)より得ることができる。
[Step 21]
Compound (If) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXV) obtained in step 20 with compound (XXVI) in the same manner as in step 18. A compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
製造法8:
 化合物(I)のうち、Rが水素原子である化合物(Ig)、または化合物(Ia)は、化合物(VI-a)より、以下に示す製造法により得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z~Z、ZおよびHetは前記と同義である。Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキルであり、Proは、例えば文献(Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3rd Edition(John Wiley & Sons, Inc.))に示されている一般的なアミンの保護基であり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子である。)
Production method 8:
Of compound (I), compound (Ig) or compound (Ia) in which R 4 is a hydrogen atom can be obtained from compound (VI-a) by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 3 , Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R b is a hydrogen atom or substituted. Pro is a common amine protecting group shown in the literature (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.)), and Hal a is a chlorine atom. Or a bromine atom.)
〔工程22〕
 製造法1で得られる化合物(VI-a)と化合物(XXVII)とを工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XXVIII)を得ることができる。
[Step 22]
Compound (XXVIII) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in Production Method 1 with compound (XXVII) in the same manner as in Step 4.
〔工程23〕
 工程22で得られる化合物(XXVIII)の保護基を脱保護することで化合物(Ig)を得ることができる。例えば、保護基がBoc基である時、溶媒中で過剰量、好ましくは5~10当量の酸と反応させることにより、化合物(Ig)を得ることができる。
[Step 23]
Compound (Ig) can be obtained by deprotecting the protecting group of compound (XXVIII) obtained in step 22. For example, when the protecting group is a Boc group, compound (Ig) can be obtained by reacting with an excess amount, preferably 5 to 10 equivalents of an acid in a solvent.
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、ジエチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、DCE、メタノール、エタノール等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でも1,4-ジオキサン、ジクロロメタンまたはメタノールが好ましい。
 酸としては、例えばギ酸、プロピオン酸、酢酸、トリフルオロ酢酸等のカルボン酸類、塩酸等の鉱酸類を用いることができ、中でも塩酸またはトリフルオロ酢酸が好ましい。反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは室温~40℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, diethyl ether, dichloromethane, DCE, methanol, ethanol and the like are used alone or They can be used as a mixture. Among them, 1,4-dioxane, dichloromethane or methanol is preferable.
As the acid, for example, carboxylic acids such as formic acid, propionic acid, acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid, and mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid can be used, among which hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid is preferable. The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at room temperature to 40 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
〔工程24〕
 工程23で得られる化合物(Ig)と対応するアルデヒドまたはケトン誘導体とを工程18と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(Ia)を得ることができる。なお、同様の製造法によりAが式(B)であり、Aが式(A)である化合物も工程3で得られる化合物(VI-b)より得ることができる。
[Step 24]
Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting compound (Ig) obtained in step 23 with the corresponding aldehyde or ketone derivative in the same manner as in step 18. A compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
製造法9:
 化合物(I)のうち、Zが置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ基、-NR10、4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環等で置換されたC1-5アルキルである化合物(Ih)および(Ii)は、化合物(XXIX)より、以下に示す製造法により得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z~ZおよびHetは前記と同義である。Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキルであり、HalおよびHalは、それぞれ独立して塩素原子または臭素原子であり、Z1’はC1-5アルキレンであり、Vは置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ基、-NR10、4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環等であり、RおよびR10は前記と同義である。)
Production method 9:
Among the compounds (I), Z 1 is optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy group, with C 1-5 alkyl substituted with -NR 9 R 10, 4 ~ 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, Certain compounds (Ih) and (Ii) can be obtained from compound (XXIX) by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 2 to Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R b is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl. Hal a and Hal c are each independently a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, Z 1 ′ is C 1-5 alkylene, V is an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy group, — NR 9 R 10 , a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, etc., and R 9 and R 10 are as defined above.)
〔工程25〕
 例えばWO 2005/110416に準じた方法で得られる化合物(XXIX)と化合物(V)とを工程3と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XXX-a)または化合物(XXX-b)を得ることができる。
[Step 25]
For example, compound (XXX-a) or compound (XXX-b) is obtained by reacting compound (XXIX) obtained by a method according to WO 2005/110416 and compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3. be able to.
〔工程26〕
 工程25で得られる化合物(XXX-a)または化合物(XXX-b)を、溶媒中で必要に応じて1~10当量、好ましくは2~5当量の塩基の存在下、1~20当量、好ましくは3~10当量の化合物(XXXI)と反応させることにより、化合物(XXXII-a)または化合物(XXXII-b)を得ることができる。
[Step 26]
The compound (XXX-a) or the compound (XXX-b) obtained in the step 25 is 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 1 to 20 equivalents, preferably 2 to 5 equivalents of a base in a solvent in the presence of a base. Is reacted with 3 to 10 equivalents of compound (XXXI) to give compound (XXXII-a) or compound (XXXII-b).
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、DMA 、NMP、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもTHF、1,4-ジオキサンまたはDMFが好ましい。
 塩基としては、例えば炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸セシウム、酢酸ナトリウム等の塩基性塩類、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等の無機塩基類、ピリジン、ルチジン等の芳香族アミン類、トリエチルアミン、トリプロピルアミン、トリブチルアミン、シクロヘキシルジメチルアミン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N-メチルピペリジン、N-メチルピロリジン、N-メチルモルホリン等の第3級アミン類、水素化ナトリウム、水素化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水素化物類、中でも炭酸カリウム、トリエチルアミンまたはN,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミンが好ましい。
 反応は0℃から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは20~80℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, DMA, NMP, methanol , Ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, and among them, THF, 1,4-dioxane or DMF is preferable.
Examples of the base include basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate and sodium acetate, inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, aromatic amines such as pyridine and lutidine, triethylamine and tripropylamine. Tertiary amines such as tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, N, N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, Alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and potassium hydride, among them, potassium carbonate, triethylamine or N, N-diisopropylethylamine are preferred.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 20 to 80 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
〔工程27〕
 工程26で得られる化合物(XXXII-a)または化合物(XXXII-b)と化合物(VII)とを工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(Ih)または化合物(Ii)を得ることができる。
[Step 27]
Compound (Ih) or Compound (Ii) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XXXII-a) or Compound (XXXII-b) obtained in Step 26 with Compound (VII) in the same manner as in Step 4. it can.
製造法10:
 化合物(I)のうち、化合物(Ia)は、化合物(XXXIII)より、以下に示す製造法により得ることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z~ZおよびHetは前記と同義である。Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキルであり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子であり、Halは、塩素原子、臭素原子またはヨウ素原子である。)
Production method 10:
Among compounds (I), compound (Ia) can also be obtained from compound (XXXIII) by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R b represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl. Hal a is a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, and Hal d is a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.)
〔工程28〕
 市販品または例えば、 Angewandte Chemie International Edition, 45, 7262-7265 (2006)に記載の方法に準じて合成した化合物(XXXIII)と化合物(V)とを工程3と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XXXIV)を得ることができる。
[Step 28]
By reacting a commercially available product or a compound (XXXIII) synthesized according to the method described in, for example, Angewandte Chemie International Edition, 45, 7262-7265 (2006), and compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3, Compound (XXXIV) can be obtained.
〔工程29〕
 工程28で得られる化合物(XXXIV)と化合物(VII)とを工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XXXV)を得ることができる。
[Step 29]
Compound (XXXV) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXXIV) obtained in step 28 with compound (VII) in the same manner as in step 4.
〔工程30〕
 工程29で得られる化合物(XXXV)を、溶媒中で0.01~1当量、好ましくは0.05~0.2当量のパラジウム触媒の存在下、1~5当量、好ましくは1.1~2当量の化合物(XXXVI)または化合物(XXXVII)と反応させることにより、化合物(Ia)を得ることができる。
[Step 30]
Compound (XXXV) obtained in Step 29 is added in the presence of 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of palladium catalyst in a solvent, and 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 2 equivalents. Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting with an equivalent amount of compound (XXXVI) or compound (XXXVII).
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもTHFが好ましい。
 パラジウム触媒としては、例えばテトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム、ビス(t-ブチルホスフィン)パラジウム、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム等の0価触媒、またはビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム・ジクロリド、酢酸パラジウム、ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノフェロセン)パラジウム・ジクロリド等の2価触媒を用いることができ、中でもテトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウムまたはビス(t-ブチルホスフィン)パラジウムが好ましい。反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは20~100℃の加熱下もしくはマイクロ波照射下で、通常0.5~24時間で行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF and the like are used alone or in combination. And THF can be used.
Examples of the palladium catalyst include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium or bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium is particularly preferable. The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at 20-100 ° C. or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5-24 hours.
製造法11:
 化合物(I)のうち、化合物(Ia)は、化合物(XXXVIII)より、以下に示す製造法により得ることもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z~ZおよびHetは前記と同義である。Rは、水素原子または置換されていてもよいアルキルであり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子であり、Halは、塩素原子、臭素原子またはヨウ素原子であり、Halは、臭素原子またはヨウ素原子である。)
Production method 11:
Among compounds (I), compound (Ia) can also be obtained from compound (XXXVIII) by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 4 and Het are as defined above. R b is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl. Hal a is a chlorine atom or bromine atom, Hal d is a chlorine atom, bromine atom or iodine atom, and Hal e is a bromine atom or iodine atom.)
〔工程31〕
 市販品または例えば、 Organic and Biomolecular Chemistry, 1, 3353-3361 (2003)に記載の方法に準じて合成した化合物(XXXVIII)と化合物(V)とを工程3と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(XXXIX)を得ることができる。
[Step 31]
By reacting a commercially available product or a compound (XXXVIII) synthesized according to the method described in, for example, Organic and Biomolecular Chemistry, 1, 3353-3361 (2003), with compound (V) in the same manner as in Step 3, Compound (XXXIX) can be obtained.
〔工程32〕
 工程31で得られる化合物(XXXIX)を、溶媒中で1~5当量、好ましくは1.2~3当量のハロゲン化剤と反応させることにより、化合物(XXXX)を得ることができる。
[Step 32]
Compound (XXXXXX) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXXIX) obtained in step 31 with a halogenating agent in an amount of 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents in a solvent.
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン酢酸、トリフルオロ酢酸等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でも酢酸が好ましい。
 ハロゲン化剤としては、例えばN-ブロモスクシンイミド、N-ヨードスクシンイミド、N-ヨードフタルイミド等のハロゲン化イミド類、臭素またはヨウ素が挙げられるが、中でもN-ヨードスクシンイミドが好ましい。
 反応は0℃から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは0~60℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid and the like are used alone. Or a mixture thereof, among which acetic acid is preferred.
Examples of the halogenating agent include halogenated imides such as N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, and N-iodophthalimide, bromine or iodine, among which N-iodosuccinimide is preferable.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 0-60 ° C., usually for 0.5-24 hours.
〔工程33〕
 工程32で得られる化合物(XXXX)と化合物(XXXXI)または化合物(XXXXII)とを工程30と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(VI-a)を得ることができる。
[Step 33]
Compound (VI-a) can be obtained by reacting compound (XXXX) obtained in step 32 with compound (XXXXI) or compound (XXXXII) in the same manner as in step 30.
〔工程34〕
 工程33で得られる化合物(VI-a)と化合物(VII)とを工程4と同様の方法で反応させることにより、化合物(Ia)を得ることができる。
[Step 34]
Compound (Ia) can be obtained by reacting compound (VI-a) obtained in step 33 with compound (VII) in the same manner as in step 4.
製造法12:
 化合物(I)のうち、Hetがチアゾールの2価基である化合物(Ij)は、化合物(VI-a)より、以下に示す製造法により得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式中、R、R、R、R、W、X、Y、Z~Zは前記と同義である。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して置換されていてもよいアルキルであり、Halは、塩素原子または臭素原子であり、Halは、塩素原子、臭素原子またはヨウ素原子である。)
Production method 12:
Among compounds (I), compound (Ij) in which Het is a divalent group of thiazole can be obtained from compound (VI-a) by the production method shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , W, X, Y, Z 1 to Z 3 have the same meanings as described above. R f and R g may be independently substituted. A good alkyl, Hal a is a chlorine or bromine atom, and Hal f is a chlorine, bromine or iodine atom.)
〔工程35〕
 製造法1で得られる化合物(VI-a)を、溶媒中で0.01~1当量、好ましくは0.05~0.2当量のパラジウム触媒、必要に応じて0.01~1当量、好ましくは0.05~0.2当量のホスフィン配位子の存在下、1~5当量、好ましくは1.1~2当量の化合物(XXXXIII)と反応させることにより、化合物(XXXXIV)を得ることができる。
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、を用いることができ、中でもトルエンが好ましい。
 パラジウム触媒としては、例えばテトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム、ビス(t-ブチルホスフィン)パラジウム、トリス(ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム等の0価触媒、またはビス(トリフェニルホスフィン)パラジウム・ジクロリド、酢酸パラジウム、ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノフェロセン)パラジウム・ジクロリド等の2価触媒を用いることができ、中でもテトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウムまたは酢酸パラジウムが好ましい。
 ホスフィン配位子としては、例えばo-トリトリルホスフィン、S-PhosまたはX-Phos等の単座配位型の配位子、DPPF、DPPE、DPPP、DPPB、BINAP、XANT-PhosまたはDPE-Phos等の二座配位型の配位子を用いることができ、中でもS-PhosまたはX-Phosが好ましい。
 反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~180℃の加熱下もしくはマイクロ波照射下で、通常0.5~24時間で行われる。
[Step 35]
Compound (VI-a) obtained in Production Method 1 is 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.2 equivalent of palladium catalyst in a solvent, optionally 0.01 to 1 equivalent, preferably Can be reacted with 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.1 to 2 equivalents of compound (XXXXIII) in the presence of 0.05 to 0.2 equivalents of a phosphine ligand to give compound (XXXXIV). it can.
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF can be used. Of these, toluene is preferred.
Examples of the palladium catalyst include zero-valent catalysts such as tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, bis (t-butylphosphine) palladium, tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium, or bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, palladium acetate, bis A divalent catalyst such as (diphenylphosphinoferrocene) palladium dichloride can be used, among which tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium or palladium acetate is preferred.
Examples of phosphine ligands include monodentate ligands such as o-tolylphosphine, S-Phos or X-Phos, DPPF, DPPE, DPPP, DPPB, BINAP, XANT-Phos or DPE-Phos. The following bidentate ligands can be used, and S-Phos or X-Phos is particularly preferable.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably at 50 to 180 ° C. or under microwave irradiation, usually for 0.5 to 24 hours.
〔工程36〕
 工程35で得られる化合物(XXXXIV)を、溶媒中で1~5当量、好ましくは1.2~3当量のハロゲン化剤と反応させることにより、化合物(XXXXV)を得ることができる。
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばTHF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、水等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもTHFと水の混合溶媒が好ましい。
 ハロゲン化剤としては、例えばN-ブロモスクシンイミド、N-ヨードスクシンイミド、N-ヨードフタルイミド等のハロゲン化イミド類、臭素またはヨウ素が挙げられるが、中でもN-ブロモスクシンイミドが好ましい。
 反応は0℃から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは0~40℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。
[Step 36]
Compound (XXXXV) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XXXXIV) obtained in Step 35 with 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents of a halogenating agent in a solvent.
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene, toluene, xylene, DMF, water and the like are used alone. Or they can be mixed and used, and a mixed solvent of THF and water is particularly preferable.
Examples of the halogenating agent include halogenated imides such as N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, and N-iodophthalimide, bromine or iodine, among which N-bromosuccinimide is preferable.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between 0 ° C. and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 0-40 ° C., usually for 0.5-24 hours.
〔工程37〕
 工程36で得られる化合物(XXXXV)を、溶媒中で1~5当量、好ましくは1.2~3当量の化合物(XXXXVI)と反応させることにより、化合物(Ij)を得ることができる。
 本反応で用いられる溶媒は、反応に不活性なものであればいずれでもよく、特に限定されないが、例えばメタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール、THF、1,4-ジオキサン、DME、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、DMF、水等を単独でまたはそれらを混合して用いることができ、中でもエタノールが好ましい。
 反応は室温から用いる溶媒の沸点の間の温度、好ましくは50~90℃で、通常0.5~24時間行われる。なお、同様の製造法によりAが式(B)であり、Aが式(A)である化合物も工程3で得られる化合物(VI-b)より得ることができる。
[Step 37]
Compound (Ij) can be obtained by reacting Compound (XXXXV) obtained in Step 36 with 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1.2 to 3 equivalents of Compound (XXXXVI) in a solvent.
The solvent used in this reaction is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to the reaction. For example, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane, DME, benzene , Toluene, xylene, DMF, water and the like can be used alone or in admixture thereof, with ethanol being preferred.
The reaction is carried out at a temperature between room temperature and the boiling point of the solvent used, preferably 50 to 90 ° C., usually for 0.5 to 24 hours. A compound in which A 1 is the formula (B) and A 2 is the formula (A) can also be obtained from the compound (VI-b) obtained in Step 3 by the same production method.
 上記の製造法を適宜組み合わせて実施することにより、所望の位置に所望の官能基を有する本発明の化合物を得ることができる。上記製造法における中間体および生成物の単離、精製は、通常の有機合成で用いられる方法、例えばろ過、抽出、洗浄、乾燥、濃縮、結晶化、各種クロマトグラフィー等を適宜組み合わせて行うことができる。また、中間体においては、特に精製することなく次の反応に供することもできる。
 上記の製造法における原料化合物または中間体は、反応条件等により、例えば塩酸塩等の塩の形態で存在し得るものもあるが、そのまま、または遊離の形で使用することができる。原料化合物または中間体が塩の形態で得られ、原料化合物または中間体を遊離の形で使用または取得したい場合には、これらを適当な溶媒に溶解または懸濁し、例えば炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液等の塩基等で中和することにより遊離の形へ変換できる。
The compound of the present invention having a desired functional group at a desired position can be obtained by appropriately combining the above production methods. Isolation and purification of intermediates and products in the above production method may be performed by appropriately combining methods used in ordinary organic synthesis, for example, filtration, extraction, washing, drying, concentration, crystallization, various chromatography, and the like. it can. In addition, the intermediate can be subjected to the next reaction without any particular purification.
The raw material compound or intermediate in the above production method may exist in the form of a salt such as hydrochloride depending on the reaction conditions and the like, but can be used as it is or in a free form. When the raw material compound or intermediate is obtained in the form of a salt and it is desired to use or obtain the raw material compound or intermediate in a free form, these are dissolved or suspended in an appropriate solvent, and a base such as an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution is obtained. It can be converted to the free form by neutralizing with, for example.
 化合物(I)またはその薬理学的に許容される塩の中には、ケトエノール体のような互変異性体、位置異性体、幾何異性体または光学異性体のような異性体が存在し得るものもあるが、これらを含め可能な全ての異性体および該異性体のいかなる比率における混合物も本発明に包含される。
 また、光学異性体は前記製造法の適切な工程で、光学活性カラムを用いた方法、分別結晶化法などの公知の分離工程を実施することで分離することができる。また、出発原料として光学活性体を使用することもできる。
Among compounds (I) or pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof, there may exist isomers such as tautomers such as ketoenol, positional isomers, geometric isomers or optical isomers However, all possible isomers including these and mixtures in any ratio of the isomers are also encompassed by the present invention.
In addition, optical isomers can be separated by performing a known separation step such as a method using an optically active column or a fractional crystallization method in an appropriate step of the production method. An optically active substance can also be used as a starting material.
 化合物(I)の塩を取得したい場合は、化合物(I)の塩が得られる場合はそのまま精製すればよく、また化合物(I)が遊離の形で得られる場合は化合物(I)を適当な溶媒に溶解または懸濁し、酸または塩基を加えて塩を形成させればよい。また、化合物(I)またはその製薬学的に許容される塩は、水または各種溶媒との溶媒和物の形で存在することもあるが、それら溶媒和物も本発明に包含される。 When the salt of compound (I) is desired to be obtained, the salt of compound (I) can be purified as it is, and when compound (I) is obtained in a free form, compound (I) is appropriately converted. A salt may be formed by dissolving or suspending in a solvent and adding an acid or a base. In addition, Compound (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may exist in the form of a solvate with water or various solvents, and these solvates are also encompassed in the present invention.
 本発明に関わる医薬製剤は、活性成分を薬理学的に許容される一種またはそれ以上の担体と一緒に混合し、製剤学の技術分野においてよく知られている任意の方法により製造される。使用される製剤用担体としては、例えばラクトース、マンニトール、グルコース、デンプン、ステアリン酸マグネシウム、グリセリン酸エステル、注射用蒸留水、生理食塩水、プロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、エタノール等が挙げられる。また、本発明に係わる医薬製剤は、その他の各種の賦形剤、潤滑剤、結合剤、崩壊剤、等張化剤、乳化剤等を含有していてもよい。 The pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention is produced by any method well known in the technical field of pharmaceutics by mixing the active ingredient together with one or more pharmacologically acceptable carriers. Examples of the pharmaceutical carrier used include lactose, mannitol, glucose, starch, magnesium stearate, glycerate ester, distilled water for injection, physiological saline, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, ethanol and the like. The pharmaceutical preparation according to the present invention may contain other various excipients, lubricants, binders, disintegrants, isotonic agents, emulsifiers and the like.
 投与経路としては、治療に際し最も効果的なものを使用するのが望ましく、経口、または、静脈内、塗布、吸入および点眼等の非経口を挙げることができるが、好ましくは静脈内投与であり、特に点滴静注で投与するのが好ましい。投与形態としては、例えば錠剤、注射剤等を挙げる事ができるが、好ましくは注射剤である。これらの医薬組成物の投与量や投与回数は、投与形態、患者の疾患やその症状、患者の年齢や体重等によって異なり、一概に規定することができないが、通常は成人に対し1日あたり有効成分の量として約0.0001~約2000mgの範囲、好ましくは約0.001~約1000mgの範囲、さらに好ましくは約0.1~約500mgの範囲、特に好ましくは約1~約300mgの範囲を1日1回または数回に分けて投与することができる。 As the administration route, it is desirable to use the most effective treatment, and oral or parenteral such as intravenous, application, inhalation and eye drop can be mentioned, preferably intravenous administration, It is particularly preferable to administer by intravenous infusion. Examples of the dosage form include tablets, injections and the like, with injections being preferred. The dosage and frequency of administration of these pharmaceutical compositions vary depending on the dosage form, the patient's disease and symptoms, the patient's age and weight, etc., and cannot be generally specified, but are usually effective for adults per day The amount of the component is in the range of about 0.0001 to about 2000 mg, preferably in the range of about 0.001 to about 1000 mg, more preferably in the range of about 0.1 to about 500 mg, particularly preferably in the range of about 1 to about 300 mg. It can be administered once or several times a day.
 以下、本発明を実施例および参考例を挙げてさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明の範囲はこれらの実施例に限定されることはない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples and reference examples, but the scope of the present invention is not limited to these examples.
 下記、実施例中の各化合物の物理化学データは、以下の機器類によって測定した。
1HNMR:JEOL JNM-LA300
 また、各化合物の精製は山善株式会社のハイフラッシュカラム(シリカゲルカラムまたはアミノシリカゲルカラム)を用いて行った。
The following physicochemical data of each compound in the examples was measured by the following instruments.
1 HNMR: JEOL JNM-LA300
Each compound was purified using a high flash column (silica gel column or amino silica gel column) manufactured by Yamazen Corporation.
(参考例1)
2-クロロ-5,6-ジメチル-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(Reference Example 1)
2-Chloro-5,6-dimethyl-N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(a)2,4-ジクロロ-5,6-ジメチルピリミジン
 5,6-ジメチルウラシル (2.0 g, 14.3 mmol) に、オキシ塩化リン (13 ml) を加え、加熱還流した。2.5時間後、減圧留去し得られた残渣に氷を加え、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で中和した。これを酢酸エチルで分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;ヘキサン:酢酸エチル) で精製することにより化合物1Aを得た (1.97 g、収率78%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 2.52 (3H, s), 2.32 (3H, s).
(A) Phosphorus oxychloride (13 ml) was added to 2,4-dichloro-5,6-dimethylpyrimidine 5,6-dimethyluracil (2.0 g, 14.3 mmol), and the mixture was heated to reflux. After 2.5 hours, ice was added to the residue obtained by evaporation under reduced pressure, and the mixture was neutralized with an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. This was subjected to separation / extraction with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate) to obtain Compound 1A (1.97 g, yield 78%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 2.52 (3H, s), 2.32 (3H, s).
(b)2-クロロ-5,6-ジメチル-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン
 上記で得られた化合物1A (1.51 g, 8.53 mmol) の2-プロパノール (45 ml) 溶液に、N-(3-アミノプロピル)ピロリジン (2.16 mL, 17.1 mmol)、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン (3.70 ml, 21.3 mmol) を加え、90℃にて攪拌した。5時間後、反応溶液を酢酸エチル-水で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;ヘキサン:酢酸エチル) で精製することにより表題化合物1Bを得た (1.86 g、収率81%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.73 (1H, brs), 3.49-3.58 (2H, m), 2.64-2.71 (2H, m), 2.49-2.60 (4H, m), 2.28 (3H, s), 1.87 (3H, s), 1.73-1.82 (6H, m).
(B) 2-Chloro-5,6-dimethyl-N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine 2-propanol of compound 1A (1.51 g, 8.53 mmol) obtained above To the (45 ml) solution, N- (3-aminopropyl) pyrrolidine (2.16 mL, 17.1 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (3.70 ml, 21.3 mmol) were added and stirred at 90 ° C. After 5 hours, the reaction solution was subjected to separation / extraction with ethyl acetate-water, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate) to give the title compound 1B (1.86 g, yield 81%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.73 (1H, brs), 3.49-3.58 (2H, m), 2.64-2.71 (2H, m), 2.49-2.60 (4H, m), 2.28 (3H, s), 1.87 (3H, s), 1.73-1.82 (6H, m).
  参考例2-4
 対応する原料化合物を用い、参考例1に記載の方法と同様に反応・処理して表1に示す化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
Reference Example 2-4 :
The corresponding starting materials were used and reacted and treated in the same manner as described in Reference Example 1 to obtain the compounds shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000030
(参考例5)
tert-ブチル 4-(4-(4,5-ジメチル-6-(3-(2-オキソピロリジン-1-イル)プロピルアミノ)ピリミジン-2-イル)チアゾール-2-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(Reference Example 5)
tert-Butyl 4- (4- (4,5-dimethyl-6- (3- (2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl) propylamino) pyrimidin-2-yl) thiazol-2-yl) piperidine-1-carboxy rate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(a)1-(3-(2-クロロ-5,6-ジメチルピリミジン-4-イルアミノ)プロピル)ピロリジン-2-オン
 参考例1で得た化合物1A (1.0 g, 5.65 mmol) のイソプロパノール(30 ml) 溶液に、1-(3-アミノプロピル)-2-ピロリジノン (1.58 ml, 11.3 mmol)、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン (1.97 ml, 11.3 mmol) を加え、80℃にて攪拌した。5時間後、反応溶液をクロロホルム-水で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:ヘキサン) で精製することにより化合物2Aを得た (1.40 g、収率88%)。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 6.43-6.51 (1H, m), 3.33-3.46 (6H, m), 2.44 (2H, t, J = 8.1 Hz), 2.31 (3H, s), 2.02-2.12 (5H, m), 1.68-1.76 (2H, m).
(A) 1- (3- (2-Chloro-5,6-dimethylpyrimidin-4-ylamino) propyl) pyrrolidin-2-one Compound 1A obtained in Reference Example 1 (1.0 g, 5.65 mmol) in isopropanol (30 ml) 1- (3-Aminopropyl) -2-pyrrolidinone (1.58 ml, 11.3 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (1.97 ml, 11.3 mmol) were added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. After 5 hours, the reaction solution was subjected to separation / extraction with chloroform-water, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: hexane) to obtain Compound 2A (1.40 g, yield 88%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 6.43-6.51 (1H, m), 3.33-3.46 (6H, m), 2.44 (2H, t, J = 8.1 Hz), 2.31 (3H, s), 2.02 -2.12 (5H, m), 1.68-1.76 (2H, m).
(b)1-(3-(2-(1-エトキシビニル)-5,6-ジメチルピリミジン-4-イルアミノ)プロピル)ピロリジン-2-オン
 上記で得られた化合物2A (799 mg, 2.83 mmol)のトルエン溶液 (6 ml) に、トリブチル(1-エトキシビニル)スズ (1.33 g, 3.67 mmol)、酢酸パラジウム (63.5 mg, 0.283 mmol)、S-Phos (232.3 mg, 0.566 mmol)を加え、マイクロウェーブ照射下、140度にて撹拌した。1.5時間後、クロロホルム-水で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;クロロホルム) で精製することにより化合物2Bを得た (312 mg、収率35%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 5.90-5.96 (1H, m), 5.44 (1H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 4.39 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 3.95 (2H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.45-3.51 (2H, m), 3.34-3.41 (4H, m), 2.38-2.44 (5H, m), 1.99-2.09 (5H, m), 1.75-1.80 (2H, m), 1.45 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz).
(B) 1- (3- (2- (1-ethoxyvinyl) -5,6-dimethylpyrimidin-4-ylamino) propyl) pyrrolidin-2-one Compound 2A obtained above (799 mg, 2.83 mmol) To a toluene solution (6 ml) of tributyl (1-ethoxyvinyl) tin (1.33 g, 3.67 mmol), palladium acetate (63.5 mg, 0.283 mmol), S-Phos (232.3 mg, 0.566 mmol), and microwave. Stir at 140 degrees under irradiation. After 1.5 hours, liquid separation and extraction were performed with chloroform-water, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then distilled off under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent: chloroform) to obtain Compound 2B (312 mg, yield 35%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 5.90-5.96 (1H, m), 5.44 (1H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 4.39 (1H, d, J = 1.2 Hz), 3.95 (2H, q , J = 7.2 Hz), 3.45-3.51 (2H, m), 3.34-3.41 (4H, m), 2.38-2.44 (5H, m), 1.99-2.09 (5H, m), 1.75-1.80 (2H, m ), 1.45 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz).
(c)tert-ブチル 4-(4-(4,5-ジメチル-6-(3-(2-オキソピロリジン-1-イル)プロピルアミノ)ピリミジン-2-イル)チアゾール-2-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート
 上記で得られた化合物2B (397 mg, 1.25 mmol)のテトラヒドロフラン(6 ml)、水 (0.3 mL) 溶液に、氷冷下、N-ブロモスクシンイミド (200.3 mg, 1.13 mmol)を加えて攪拌した。2時間後、クロロホルム-水で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた粗生成物のエタノール溶液 (10 mL)に、tert-ブチル 4-カルバモチオイルピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート (458 mg, 1.88 mmol)を加えて、室温で3時間撹拌した後、70度下撹拌した。2時間後、反応液を室温にて放冷し、減圧濃縮した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;ヘキサン:酢酸エチル) で精製することにより表題化合物2Cを得た (204 mg、収率32%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 8.01 (1H, s), 5.99-6.02 (1H, m), 4.15-4.25 (1H, m), 3.51-3.57 (2H, m), 3.30-3.42 (6H, m), 2.77-2.85 (2H, m), 2.40-2.46 (5H, m), 2.00-2.16 (7H, m), 1.75-1.83 (2H, m), 1.66-1.71 (2H, m), 1.45 (9H, s).
(C) tert-butyl 4- (4- (4,5-dimethyl-6- (3- (2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl) propylamino) pyrimidin-2-yl) thiazol-2-yl) piperidine- 1-Carboxylate To a solution of compound 2B (397 mg, 1.25 mmol) obtained above in tetrahydrofuran (6 ml) and water (0.3 mL), N-bromosuccinimide (200.3 mg, 1.13 mmol) was added under ice cooling. And stirred. After 2 hours, the mixture was subjected to separation / extraction with chloroform-water, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and evaporated under reduced pressure. To an ethanol solution (10 mL) of the obtained crude product, tert-butyl 4-carbamothioylpiperidine-1-carboxylate (458 mg, 1.88 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Stirring under. After 2 hours, the reaction solution was allowed to cool at room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate) to give the title compound 2C (204 mg, yield 32%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 8.01 (1H, s), 5.99-6.02 (1H, m), 4.15-4.25 (1H, m), 3.51-3.57 (2H, m), 3.30-3.42 ( 6H, m), 2.77-2.85 (2H, m), 2.40-2.46 (5H, m), 2.00-2.16 (7H, m), 1.75-1.83 (2H, m), 1.66-1.71 (2H, m), 1.45 (9H, s).
(参考例6)
tert-ブチル 4-(5-(4,4,5,5-テトラメチル-1,3,2-ジオキサボラン-2-イル)チアゾール-2-イル)ピペラジン-1-カルボキシレート
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 例えばWO 2006/072436に記載の方法により合成した化合物3A (1.45 g, 4.16 mmol) のテトラヒドロフラン (25 ml) 溶液を-78℃に冷却し、1.65 M ブチルリチウム ヘキサン溶液 (3.15 ml, 5.20 mmol) を滴下した。1.5時間後、2-イソプロポキシ-4,4,5,5-テトラメチル-1,3,2-ジオキサボロラン (1.01 g, 5.41 mmol) を加え、2時間撹拌した。反応溶液に飽和塩化アンモニウム水溶液を加え、反応を停止した。酢酸エチルで分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;ヘキサン:酢酸エチル) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (1.99 g、収率65%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.65 (1H, s), 3.47-3.57 (8H, m), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.30 (12H, s).
(Reference Example 6)
tert-butyl 4- (5- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaboran-2-yl) thiazol-2-yl) piperazine-1-carboxylate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
For example, a solution of compound 3A (1.45 g, 4.16 mmol) synthesized by the method described in WO 2006/072436 in tetrahydrofuran (25 ml) is cooled to −78 ° C., and 1.65 M butyllithium hexane solution (3.15 ml, 5.20 mmol) is added. It was dripped. After 1.5 hours, 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (1.01 g, 5.41 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 hours. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction. Liquid separation extraction was performed with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, and then evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (1.99 g, yield 65%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.65 (1H, s), 3.47-3.57 (8H, m), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.30 (12H, s).
(参考例7)
tert-ブチル 4-(4-(4,4,5,5-テトラメチル-1,3,2-ジオキサボラン-2-イル)-1H-ピラゾール-1-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 例えばWO 2009/045992に記載の方法により合成した化合物4Aを用い、参考例6と同様の方法にて合成することにより、表題化合物を得た (630 mg、収率41%)。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.77 (1H, s), 7.71 (1H, s), 4.16-4.33 (3H, m), 2.78-2.92 (2H, m), 2.06-2.15 (2H, m), 1.79-1.96 (2H, m), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.29 (12H, s).
(Reference Example 7)
tert-butyl 4- (4- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaboran-2-yl) -1H-pyrazol-1-yl) piperidine-1-carboxylate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
For example, the title compound was obtained by synthesizing in the same manner as in Reference Example 6 using compound 4A synthesized by the method described in WO 2009/045992 (630 mg, yield 41%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.77 (1H, s), 7.71 (1H, s), 4.16-4.33 (3H, m), 2.78-2.92 (2H, m), 2.06-2.15 (2H, m), 1.79-1.96 (2H, m), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.29 (12H, s).
(参考例9)
1-(3-(5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾロ-4-イル)ピリミジン-4-イルアミノ)プロピル)ピロリジン-2-オン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(Reference Example 9)
1- (3- (5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) thiazolo-4-yl) pyrimidin-4-ylamino) propyl) pyrrolidin-2-one
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(a)tert-ブチル 4-(4-(4,5-ジメチル-6-(3-(2-オキソピロリジン-1-イル)プロピルアミノ)ピリミジン-2-イル)チアゾール-2-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート
 実施例5(c)で得た化合物を用い、参考例5(c)と同様の方法にて合成することにより、表題化合物を得た (収率67%)。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.45 (1H, s), 5.95-6.02 (1H, m), 3.46-3.57 (10H, m), 3.32-3.42 (4H, m), 2.36-2.45 (5H, m), 1.97-2.08 (5H, m), 1.72-1.81 (2H, m), 1.44 (9H, s).
(A) tert-butyl 4- (4- (4,5-dimethyl-6- (3- (2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl) propylamino) pyrimidin-2-yl) thiazol-2-yl) piperidine- 1-Carboxylate The title compound was obtained by synthesis using the compound obtained in Example 5 (c) in the same manner as in Reference Example 5 (c) (yield 67%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.45 (1H, s), 5.95-6.02 (1H, m), 3.46-3.57 (10H, m), 3.32-3.42 (4H, m), 2.36-2.45 ( 5H, m), 1.97-2.08 (5H, m), 1.72-1.81 (2H, m), 1.44 (9H, s).
(b)1-(3-(5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(ピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾロ-4-イル)ピリミジン-4-イルアミノ)プロピル)ピロリジン-2-オン
 上記で得られた化合物6A (300 mg, 0.58 mmol)のメタノール溶液 (3 ml) に、4mol/l-塩酸ジオキサン (1.5 ml)を加え、室温にて攪拌した。終夜攪拌後、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液でクエンチしクロロホルムで分液抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過を行い、溶媒を減圧留去し、表題化合物を得た (241 mg、収率100%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.44 (1H, s), 5.93-6.01 (1H, m), 3.49-3.61 (6H, m), 3.33-3.43 (4H, m), 2.95-3.03 (4H, m), 2.34-2.48 (6H, m), 2.03-2.11 (4H, m), 1.74-1.86 (2H, m).
(B) 1- (3- (5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (piperazin-1-yl) thiazolo-4-yl) pyrimidin-4-ylamino) propyl) pyrrolidin-2-one obtained above To a methanol solution (3 ml) of Compound 6A (300 mg, 0.58 mmol) was added 4 mol / l-dioxane hydrochloride (1.5 ml), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After stirring overnight, the mixture was quenched with aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (241 mg, yield 100%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.44 (1H, s), 5.93-6.01 (1H, m), 3.49-3.61 (6H, m), 3.33-3.43 (4H, m), 2.95-3.03 ( 4H, m), 2.34-2.48 (6H, m), 2.03-2.11 (4H, m), 1.74-1.86 (2H, m).
(c)1-(3-(5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾロ-4-イル)ピリミジン-4-イルアミノ)プロピル)ピロリジン-2-オン
 上記で得た化合物 (190 mg, 0.457 mmol) の THF (5.0 ml) 溶液に、トリアセトキシ水素化ホウ素ナトリウム (290 mg, 1.37 mmol)、35%ホルムアルデヒド水溶液 (113μl, 1.37 mmol) を加え、室温にて攪拌した。1.5時間後、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を加え、酢酸エチル-水で分液抽出した。有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過を行い、溶媒を減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:ヘキサン) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (142 mg、収率72%)。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.47 (1H, s), 5.98-6.07 (1H, m), 3.57-3.65 (4H, m), 3.49-3.57 (2H, m), 3.33-3.42 (4H, m), 2.49-2.57 (4H, m), 2.38-2.46 (5H, m), 2.34 (3H, s), 2.08 (3H, s), 1.98-2.08 (2H, m), 1.74-1.84 (2H, m).
(C) 1- (3- (5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) thiazolo-4-yl) pyrimidin-4-ylamino) propyl) pyrrolidin-2-one To a THF (5.0 ml) solution of the compound obtained in step (190 mg, 0.457 mmol), add sodium triacetoxyborohydride (290 mg, 1.37 mmol) and 35% aqueous formaldehyde solution (113 μl, 1.37 mmol) at room temperature. Stir. After 1.5 hours, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate-water. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: hexane) to give the title compound (142 mg, yield 72%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.47 (1H, s), 5.98-6.07 (1H, m), 3.57-3.65 (4H, m), 3.49-3.57 (2H, m), 3.33-3.42 ( 4H, m), 2.49-2.57 (4H, m), 2.38-2.46 (5H, m), 2.34 (3H, s), 2.08 (3H, s), 1.98-2.08 (2H, m), 1.74-1.84 ( 2H, m).
(参考例10)
tert-ブチル 4-(3-(4,5-ジメチル-6-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピルアミノ)ピリミジン-2-イル)-1H-インドール-1-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(Reference Example 10)
tert-butyl 4- (3- (4,5-dimethyl-6- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propylamino) pyrimidin-2-yl) -1H-indol-1-yl) piperidine-1-carboxy rate
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(a)tert-ブチル 4-(3-(4,4,5,5-テトラメチル-1,3,2-ジオキサボロラン-2-イル)-1H-インドール-1-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート
 tert-ブチル 4-(3-ヨード-1H-インドール-1-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート (960 mg, 2.25 mmol) のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド (8 ml) 溶液に、[1,1'-ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)フェロセン]パラジウム(II)ジクロリド ジクロロメタン錯体 (184 mg, 0.225 mmol)、ビス(ピナコラート)ジボロン (857 mg, 3.38 mmol)、酢酸カリウム (662 mg, 6.75 mmol) を加え、90℃に加熱した。1.5時間後、水を加え、酢酸エチルで分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過を行い、溶媒を減圧留去した。得られた残査をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:ヘキサン) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (111 mg、収率12%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 8.00-8.04 (1H, m), 7.63 (1H, s), 7.32-7.36 (1H, m), 7.13-7.22 (2H, m), 4.25-4.41 (3H, m), 2.83-2.95 (2H, m), 2.01-2.10 (2H, m), 1.85-1.94 (2H, m), 1.48 (9H, s), 1.34 (12H, s).
(A) tert-butyl 4- (3- (4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl) -1H-indol-1-yl) piperidine-1-carboxylate To a solution of tert-butyl 4- (3-iodo-1H-indol-1-yl) piperidine-1-carboxylate (960 mg, 2.25 mmol) in N, N-dimethylformamide (8 ml), [1,1 ' -Bis (diphenylphosphino) ferrocene] palladium (II) dichloride dichloromethane complex (184 mg, 0.225 mmol), bis (pinacolato) diboron (857 mg, 3.38 mmol), potassium acetate (662 mg, 6.75 mmol), and 90 Heated to ° C. After 1.5 hours, water was added, followed by separation / extraction with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: hexane) to give the title compound (111 mg, yield 12%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 8.00-8.04 (1H, m), 7.63 (1H, s), 7.32-7.36 (1H, m), 7.13-7.22 (2H, m), 4.25-4.41 ( 3H, m), 2.83-2.95 (2H, m), 2.01-2.10 (2H, m), 1.85-1.94 (2H, m), 1.48 (9H, s), 1.34 (12H, s).
(b)tert-ブチル 4-(3-(4,5-ジメチル-6-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピルアミノ)ピリミジン-2-イル)-1H-インドール-1-イル)ピペリジン-1-カルボキシレート
 上記で得られた化合物7A (111 mg, 0.260 mmol)の1,4-ジオキサン (1.2 ml) 溶液 に、参考例1で得られた化合物1B(53 mg, 0.197 mmol)、3 mol/l炭酸ナトリウム水溶液 (0.3 ml, 0.90 mmol)、テトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム (23.1 mg、0.020 mmol) を加え、マイクロウエーブ照射下150℃にて攪拌した。1時間後、クロロホルム-水で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過を行い、溶媒を減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;ヘキサン:酢酸エチル) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (77.0 mg、収率73%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 8.69-8.73 (1H, m), 8.05 (1H, s), 7.33-7.38 (1H, m), 7.17-7.24 (2H, m), 6.77-6.83 (1H, m), 4.25-4.43 (3H, m), 3.71-3.77 (2H, m), 2.85-2.96 (2H, m), 2.67-2.73 (2H, m), 2.52-2.61 (4H, m), 2.39 (3H, s), 2.06-2.15 (2H, m), 1.86-2.01 (7H, m), 1.75-1.83 (4H, m), 1.48 (9H, s).
(B) tert-butyl 4- (3- (4,5-dimethyl-6- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propylamino) pyrimidin-2-yl) -1H-indol-1-yl) piperidine- 1-Carboxylate Compound 1B (53 mg, 0.197 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 1, 3 mol was added to a solution of compound 7A (111 mg, 0.260 mmol) obtained above in 1,4-dioxane (1.2 ml). / l Aqueous sodium carbonate (0.3 ml, 0.90 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (23.1 mg, 0.020 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 150 ° C. under microwave irradiation. After 1 hour, separation / extraction with chloroform-water was performed, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate) to give the title compound (77.0 mg, yield 73%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 8.69-8.73 (1H, m), 8.05 (1H, s), 7.33-7.38 (1H, m), 7.17-7.24 (2H, m), 6.77-6.83 ( 1H, m), 4.25-4.43 (3H, m), 3.71-3.77 (2H, m), 2.85-2.96 (2H, m), 2.67-2.73 (2H, m), 2.52-2.61 (4H, m), 2.39 (3H, s), 2.06-2.15 (2H, m), 1.86-2.01 (7H, m), 1.75-1.83 (4H, m), 1.48 (9H, s).
(実施例1)
5,6-ジメチル-2-(4-(4-ピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾール-5-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 参考例1で得た化合物 (100 mg, 0.372 mmol) の 1,4-ジオキサン (1.5 ml)と水 (0.37 ml) 溶液に、参考例6で得た化合物(331 mg, 0.670 mmol)、3M-炭酸ナトリウム水溶液 (0.37 ml, 1.11 mmol)、テトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム (43.0 mg、0.037 mmol) を加え、マイクロウエーブ照射下140℃にて攪拌した。1時間後、クロロホルム-水で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;ヘキサン:酢酸エチル:クロロホルム) で精製した。得られた粗精製物のメタノール (1 ml) 溶液に4N-塩酸メタノール溶液 (1.0 ml, 4.0 mmol)を加え、室温で5.5時間攪拌した。酢酸エチル-塩酸水で分液抽出し、水層を水酸化ナトリウム水溶液でpH=10とした。これをクロロホルムで分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:クロロホルム) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (75.9 mg、収率51% (2段階)) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.91 (1H, s), 6.84-6.90 (1H, m), 3.54-3.62 (2H, m), 3.47-3.54 (4H, m), 2.93-3.01 (4H, m), 2.62-2.70 (2H, m), 2.50-2.58 (4H, m), 2.32 (3H, s), 1.91 (3H, s), 1.73-1.84 (6H, m).
Example 1
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (4- (4-piperazin-1-yl) thiazol-5-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
To a solution of the compound obtained in Reference Example 1 (100 mg, 0.372 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1.5 ml) and water (0.37 ml), the compound obtained in Reference Example 6 (331 mg, 0.670 mmol), 3M- Aqueous sodium carbonate (0.37 ml, 1.11 mmol) and tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (43.0 mg, 0.037 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 140 ° C. under microwave irradiation. After 1 hour, separation / extraction with chloroform-water was performed, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate: chloroform). A 4N-hydrochloric acid methanol solution (1.0 ml, 4.0 mmol) was added to a methanol (1 ml) solution of the obtained crude product, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5.5 hours. Liquid separation extraction was performed with ethyl acetate-hydrochloric acid, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH = 10 with an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. This was subjected to separation / extraction with chloroform, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then distilled off under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: chloroform) to obtain the title compound (75.9 mg, yield 51% (2 steps)).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.91 (1H, s), 6.84-6.90 (1H, m), 3.54-3.62 (2H, m), 3.47-3.54 (4H, m), 2.93-3.01 ( 4H, m), 2.62-2.70 (2H, m), 2.50-2.58 (4H, m), 2.32 (3H, s), 1.91 (3H, s), 1.73-1.84 (6H, m).
  実施例2
 対応する原料化合物を用いて実施例1と同様に反応・処理し、表2に示す化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Example 2 :
The corresponding starting materials were used and reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compounds shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
(実施例4)
N1-(5-メトキシ-2-(6-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)ピリジン-3-イル)ピリミジン-4-イル)-N3,N3-ジメチルプロパン-1,3-ジアミン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 参考例2で得た化合物 (65.0 mg, 0.266 mmol) の 1,4-ジオキサン (1 ml)と水 (1 ml) 溶液に、1-メチル-4-(5-(4,4,5,5-テトラメチル-1,3,2-ジオキサボラン-2-イル)ピリジン-2-イル)ピペラジン(121 mg, 0.398 mmol)、炭酸ナトリウム (84 mg, 0.797 mmol)、テトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム (15.4 mg、0.013 mmol) を加え、マイクロウエーブ照射下120℃にて攪拌した。1時間半後、クロロホルム-水で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;ヘキサン:酢酸エチル:クロロホルム) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (57.0 mg、収率56%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 9.13 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 8.34 (1H, dd, J = 2.4,9.0 Hz), 7.70 (1H, s), 6.65 (1H, d, J = 9.0 Hz), 6.02-6.08 (1H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 3.57-3.64 (6H, m), 2.49-2.52 (4H, m), 2.39 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.22 (6H, s), 1.77-1.84 (2H, m).
Example 4
N1- (5-methoxy-2- (6- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) pyridin-3-yl) pyrimidin-4-yl) -N3, N3-dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
To a solution of the compound obtained in Reference Example 2 (65.0 mg, 0.266 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1 ml) and water (1 ml), 1-methyl-4- (5- (4,4,5,5 -Tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaboran-2-yl) pyridin-2-yl) piperazine (121 mg, 0.398 mmol), sodium carbonate (84 mg, 0.797 mmol), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (15.4 mg, 0.013 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. under microwave irradiation. After 1.5 hours, separation and extraction were performed with chloroform-water, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and then distilled off under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; hexane: ethyl acetate: chloroform) to give the title compound (57.0 mg, yield 56%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 9.13 (1H, d, J = 2.4 Hz), 8.34 (1H, dd, J = 2.4,9.0 Hz), 7.70 (1H, s), 6.65 (1H, d , J = 9.0 Hz), 6.02-6.08 (1H, m), 3.84 (3H, s), 3.57-3.64 (6H, m), 2.49-2.52 (4H, m), 2.39 (2H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 2.32 (3H, s), 2.22 (6H, s), 1.77-1.84 (2H, m).
  実施例5-6
 対応する原料化合物を用いて実施例4と同様に反応・処理し、表3に示す化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Example 5-6 :
The corresponding starting materials were used and reacted and treated in the same manner as in Example 4 to obtain the compounds shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
(実施例7)
5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾール-5-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 実施例1で得た化合物 (55.1 mg, 0.137 mmol) のメタノール (1 ml) 溶液に、酢酸 (6μl) 、ホルムアルデヒド (33.9μl, 0.411 mmol)、シアノ水素化ホウ素ナトリウム (25.8 mg, 0.411 mmol)を加え、室温にて攪拌した。4時間後、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を加え、クロロホルムで分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:クロロホルム) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (25.7 mg、収率45%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.90 (1H, s), 6.81-6.87 (1H, m), 3.52-3.62 (6H, m), 2.63-2.69 (2H, m), 2.45-2.59 (8H, m), 2.33 (3H, s), 2.32 (3H, s), 1.91 (3H, s), 1.75-1.85 (6H, m).
(Example 7)
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) thiazol-5-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
To a solution of the compound obtained in Example 1 (55.1 mg, 0.137 mmol) in methanol (1 ml), acetic acid (6 μl), formaldehyde (33.9 μl, 0.411 mmol), sodium cyanoborohydride (25.8 mg, 0.411 mmol) were added. The mixture was added and stirred at room temperature. After 4 hours, an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added, followed by separation / extraction with chloroform, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: chloroform) to give the title compound (25.7 mg, yield 45%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.90 (1H, s), 6.81-6.87 (1H, m), 3.52-3.62 (6H, m), 2.63-2.69 (2H, m), 2.45-2.59 ( 8H, m), 2.33 (3H, s), 2.32 (3H, s), 1.91 (3H, s), 1.75-1.85 (6H, m).
(実施例9)
5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(1-メチルピペリジン-4-イル)チアゾール-4-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 参考例5で得た化合物2C (198 mg, 0.385 mmol) のTHF (5 ml)溶液にリチウム水素化アルミニウム (73 mg, 1.93 mmol)を加え、室温下1.5時間攪拌後、加熱還流した。4時間後クロロホルム-水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄後、減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:クロロホルム) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (47.9 mg、収率30%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 8.02 (1H, s), 7.06-7.10 (1H, m), 3.62-3.67 (2H, m), 3.15-3.23 (1H, m), 2.91-2.95 (2H, m), 2.66-2.69 (2H, m), 2.51-2.59 (4H, m), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.29 (3H, s), 2.14-2.19 (2H, m), 2.00-2.08 (2H, m), 1.95 (3H, s), 1.78-1.89 (8H, m).
Example 9
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (1-methylpiperidin-4-yl) thiazol-4-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Lithium aluminum hydride (73 mg, 1.93 mmol) was added to a THF (5 ml) solution of compound 2C (198 mg, 0.385 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 5, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours and then heated to reflux. After 4 hours, separation / extraction with chloroform-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was performed, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine and evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: chloroform) to give the title compound (47.9 mg, yield 30%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 8.02 (1H, s), 7.06-7.10 (1H, m), 3.62-3.67 (2H, m), 3.15-3.23 (1H, m), 2.91-2.95 ( 2H, m), 2.66-2.69 (2H, m), 2.51-2.59 (4H, m), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.29 (3H, s), 2.14-2.19 (2H, m), 2.00-2.08 ( 2H, m), 1.95 (3H, s), 1.78-1.89 (8H, m).
(実施例10)
5,6-ジメチル-2-(2-(4-メチルピペラジン-1-イル)チアゾール-4-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 参考例9で得た化合物6C (70.0 mg, 0.163 mmol) のTHF (5 ml)溶液に水素化アルミニウムリチウム (24.7 mg, 0.652 mmol)を加え、室温下攪拌した。2時間後クロロホルム-水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過を行い、溶媒を減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:ヘキサン) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (22.2 mg、収率33%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 7.43 (1H, s), 6.77-6.89 (1H, m), 3.65-3.73 (2H, m), 3.55-3.62 (4H, m), 2.58-2.90 (6H, m), 2.46-2.55 (4H, m), 2.40 (3H, s), 2.33 (3H, s), 1.98 (3H, s), 1.81-1.97 (6H, m).
(Example 10)
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) thiazol-4-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Lithium aluminum hydride (24.7 mg, 0.652 mmol) was added to a THF (5 ml) solution of compound 6C (70.0 mg, 0.163 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 9, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 2 hours, separation / extraction with chloroform-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was performed, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: hexane) to give the title compound (22.2 mg, yield 33%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 7.43 (1H, s), 6.77-6.89 (1H, m), 3.65-3.73 (2H, m), 3.55-3.62 (4H, m), 2.58-2.90 ( 6H, m), 2.46-2.55 (4H, m), 2.40 (3H, s), 2.33 (3H, s), 1.98 (3H, s), 1.81-1.97 (6H, m).
(実施例11)
5,6-ジメチル-2-(1-(1-メチルピペリジン-4-イル)-1H-インドール-3-イル)-N-(3-(ピロリジン-1-イル)プロピル)ピリミジン-4-アミン
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 参考例10で得た化合物7B (60.0 mg, 0.113 mmol) のTHF (2 ml)溶液に水素化アルミニウムリチウム (34.1 mg, 0.90 mmol)を加え、加熱還流を行った。5時間後クロロホルム-水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で分液抽出し、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄し、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過を行い、溶媒を減圧留去した。得られた残査をアミノシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー (溶出溶媒;酢酸エチル:ヘキサン) で精製することにより表題化合物を得た (10.1 mg、収率20%) 。
1H-NMR (CDCl3,δ ppm): 8.69-8.73 (1H, m), 8.09 (1H, s), 7.34-7.38 (1H, m), 7.15-7.23 (2H, m), 6.73-6.78 (1H, m), 4.17-4.26 (1H, m), 3.69-3.77 (2H, m), 2.99-3.07 (2H, m), 2.66-2.73 (2H, m), 2.52-2.61 (4H, m), 2.39 (3H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.05-2.22 (6H, m), 1.96 (3H, s), 1.86-1.92 (2H, m), 1.75-1.83 (4H, m).
(Example 11)
5,6-Dimethyl-2- (1- (1-methylpiperidin-4-yl) -1H-indol-3-yl) -N- (3- (pyrrolidin-1-yl) propyl) pyrimidin-4-amine
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Lithium aluminum hydride (34.1 mg, 0.90 mmol) was added to a THF (2 ml) solution of compound 7B (60.0 mg, 0.113 mmol) obtained in Reference Example 10, and the mixture was heated to reflux. After 5 hours, separation / extraction with chloroform-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was performed, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by amino silica gel column chromatography (elution solvent; ethyl acetate: hexane) to give the title compound (10.1 mg, yield 20%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , δ ppm): 8.69-8.73 (1H, m), 8.09 (1H, s), 7.34-7.38 (1H, m), 7.15-7.23 (2H, m), 6.73-6.78 ( 1H, m), 4.17-4.26 (1H, m), 3.69-3.77 (2H, m), 2.99-3.07 (2H, m), 2.66-2.73 (2H, m), 2.52-2.61 (4H, m), 2.39 (3H, s), 2.35 (3H, s), 2.05-2.22 (6H, m), 1.96 (3H, s), 1.86-1.92 (2H, m), 1.75-1.83 (4H, m).
 次に、代表的な本発明の化合物の薬理作用について試験例により具体的に説明する。
試験例1:ヒトTLRレポータージーン試験
 HEK293細胞安定ヒトTLR発現株(ヒトTLR-293細胞)を起眠し、細胞の状態が安定するまで継代を繰り返した。細胞の培養は、COインキュベーター内(37℃、5% CO)に放置した。細胞の回収はトリプシン-EDTAを用いて細胞を剥離し、遠心後の細胞ペレットを増殖培地に懸濁した。3×10 cells/mLに調製したヒトTLR-293細胞を6穴コラーゲンプレートに播種し、一晩培養した。NF-κB-ルシフェラーゼ遺伝子を細胞に導入し、一晩培養した。NF-κB-ルシフェラーゼ遺伝子導入細胞を6.25×10 cells/mLに調製し、96穴ブラックプレートに80μL/ウェルで播種した(5×10 cells/ウェル)。被験物質(最終濃度:1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 nM)及び、CpG2006(5'- TCG TCG TTT TGT GGT TTT GTC GTT -3')(最終濃度150nM)を各々10μLずつ添加後、6時間培養した。Bright-Glo調製液を100μL/ウェル添加し、遮光下で1分間放置した。ルミノメーターを用いて発光を測定し、各被験物質の50%阻害率(IC50値)を算出し、表4に示した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Next, the pharmacological action of a representative compound of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to test examples.
Test Example 1 : Human TLR 9 Reporter Gene Test A HEK293 cell stable human TLR 9 expression strain (human TLR 9 -293 cell) was asleep and the passage was repeated until the cell state was stabilized. The cell culture was left in a CO 2 incubator (37 ° C., 5% CO 2 ). For cell recovery, the cells were detached using trypsin-EDTA, and the cell pellet after centrifugation was suspended in a growth medium. Human TLR 9 -293 cells prepared to 3 × 10 5 cells / mL were seeded on a 6-well collagen plate and cultured overnight. The NF-κB-luciferase gene was introduced into the cells and cultured overnight. NF-κB-luciferase gene-introduced cells were prepared at 6.25 × 10 5 cells / mL, and seeded in a 96-well black plate at 80 μL / well (5 × 10 4 cells / well). Add 10 μL each of test substance (final concentration: 1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 nM) and CpG2006 (5′-TCG TCG TTT TGT GGT TTT GTC GTT-3 ′) (final concentration 150 nM) Thereafter, the cells were cultured for 6 hours. Bright-Glo preparation solution was added at 100 μL / well and allowed to stand for 1 minute in the dark. Luminescence was measured using a luminometer, and the 50% inhibition rate (IC 50 value) of each test substance was calculated and shown in Table 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
 表4に示すように、本発明の化合物はNF-kB阻害試験において強い阻害作用を示した。実施例1、9、10、および11の化合物は、特に強い阻害作用を示した。 As shown in Table 4, the compound of the present invention exhibited a strong inhibitory action in the NF-kB inhibition test. The compounds of Examples 1, 9, 10, and 11 showed particularly strong inhibitory action.
試験例2:マウス脾臓細胞を用いたCpG誘発IL-6産生阻害試験
 マウス脾臓細胞を以下の通り調製した。C57BL/6マウス(♀)から摘出した脾臓を外科用はさみで分割し、スライドガラスのすり部分ですりつぶした。遠心後、ACKを用いて溶血処理を行った。培地を加えてACKの反応を止め、遠心を行った。細胞を1×10 cells/mLに調製し、96穴プレートに100μL/ウェルで播種した(1×10 cells/ウェル)。被験物質(最終濃度:1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000nM)及びCpG1826(5'- TCC ATG ACG TTC CTG ACG TT -3')(最終濃度100nM)を各々50μLずつ添加し、COインキュベーター(37℃、5% CO)内で24時間培養した。ELISA kitを用いて培養上清中のIL-6産生量を測定し、各被験物質の50%阻害率(IC50値)を算出し、表5に示した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Test Example 2 : CpG-induced IL-6 production inhibition test using mouse spleen cells Mouse spleen cells were prepared as follows. The spleen removed from C57BL / 6 mice (♀) was divided with surgical scissors and ground with a slide of a slide glass. After centrifugation, hemolysis was performed using ACK. Medium was added to stop the ACK reaction, and centrifugation was performed. The cells were prepared to 1 × 10 7 cells / mL and seeded in a 96-well plate at 100 μL / well (1 × 10 6 cells / well). Add 50 μL each of the test substance (final concentration: 1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 nM) and CpG1826 (5′-TCC ATG ACG TTC CTG ACG TT -3 ′) (final concentration 100 nM). The cells were cultured in a 2 incubator (37 ° C., 5% CO 2 ) for 24 hours. The amount of IL-6 produced in the culture supernatant was measured using an ELISA kit, and the 50% inhibition rate (IC 50 value) of each test substance was calculated and shown in Table 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
 表5に示すように、本発明の化合物はIL-6産生阻害試験において強い阻害作用を示した。また、表5に示したNF-kB阻害試験で高い活性値を示した化合物も上記実施例と同様に強いIL-6産生阻害作用を示した。 As shown in Table 5, the compound of the present invention exhibited a strong inhibitory action in the IL-6 production inhibition test. In addition, the compounds that showed high activity values in the NF-kB inhibition test shown in Table 5 also showed a strong IL-6 production inhibitory action as in the above Examples.
試験例3:CpG1826投与モデル(腹腔投与)を用いた薬効評価試験
 エーテル麻酔下において、マウス腹腔内にCpG1826溶液を投与した。CpG1826投与の1~6時間後にエーテル麻酔下で採血および腹腔洗浄液の回収を行った。採血は心臓より行いヘパリンが入ったチューブに回収し、腹腔洗浄はPBS(phosphate buffered saline)を腹腔内に注入し腹部を揉みほぐした後に回収した。化合物はCpG1826投与前にマウス尾静脈より投与した。血液は遠心分離により血漿とし、市販のELISAキットによりサイトカインを測定した。IL-6産生量を測定し、各被験物質の溶媒対照との比較により阻害率(%)を算出した。実施例7の化合物は、IL-6産生阻害  ED50=6.2(mg/kg)であった。
 実施例7はCpG1826投与2時間後の投与で、溶媒対照群と比較して顕著な炎症性サイトカイン産生抑制が確認でき、本発明の化合物がTLR依存的な炎症性サイトカイン産生を抑制することが示された。
Test Example 3 : Drug efficacy evaluation test using CpG1826 administration model (peritoneal administration) A CpG1826 solution was administered intraperitoneally to mice under ether anesthesia. One to six hours after administration of CpG1826, blood was collected under ether anesthesia and peritoneal lavage fluid was collected. Blood was collected from the heart and collected in a tube containing heparin, and abdominal cavity washing was collected after injecting PBS (phosphate buffered saline) into the abdominal cavity to massage the abdomen. The compound was administered from the mouse tail vein before CpG1826 administration. The blood was made into plasma by centrifugation, and cytokine was measured by a commercially available ELISA kit. The amount of IL-6 produced was measured, and the inhibition rate (%) was calculated by comparison with the solvent control of each test substance. The compound of Example 7 had an IL-6 production inhibition ED 50 = 6.2 (mg / kg).
In Example 7, administration 2 hours after CpG1826 administration, significant suppression of inflammatory cytokine production can be confirmed as compared with the solvent control group, and the compound of the present invention suppresses TLR 9- dependent inflammatory cytokine production. Indicated.
 以上で説明したように、式(I)で表される誘導体、またはその製薬学上許容される塩は、自己免疫疾患の予防および/または治療、具体的には自己免疫疾が関与する患(炎症、アレルギー、喘息、移植片拒絶、移植片対宿主病、感染症、癌)、免疫不全症または神経変性疾患(アルツハイマー、パーキンソン病など)の予防薬および/または治療薬として利用しうる。また、選択的にTLRを阻害するようなTLR阻害剤を見出すことで、セプシス、特に重症セプシスの予防および/または治療にも有効な医薬品として利用しうる。 As described above, the derivative represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, prevents and / or treats an autoimmune disease, specifically, a disease in which an autoimmune disease is involved ( It can be used as a preventive and / or therapeutic agent for inflammation, allergy, asthma, graft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, infection, cancer), immunodeficiency or neurodegenerative disease (Alzheimer, Parkinson's disease, etc.). Further, by finding a TLR inhibitor that selectively inhibits TLR, it can be used as a pharmaceutical effective for the prevention and / or treatment of sepsis, particularly severe sepsis.

Claims (16)

  1.  式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [式中、AおよびAは、下記式(A)または(B)を表し、
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     Aが式(A)のとき、Aは式(B)を表し、
     Aが式(B)のとき、Aは式(A)を表し、
     Xは、-X-、-X-NRCO-X-、-X-CONR-X-、-X-CO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-を表し、
     Xは、置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンを表し、ここにおいて、Xが-X-のとき、Xは無置換のC2-3アルキレンまたは置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレンであり、Xが-X-NRCO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-のとき、Xは置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
     Xは、置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンを表し、ここにおいて、Xが、-X-CONR-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-のとき、Xは置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
     Yは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルまたは置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルを表し、
     Hetは、5~6員の含窒素ヘテロアリーレンを表し、
     Wは、-W-、-NR-W-、-NRCO-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-を表し、
     ここにおいて、Hetの環上の窒素原子とWが結合するとき、Wは、-W-または-CONR-W-を表し、
     Wは、置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンを表し、ここにおいて、Wが-NR-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-のときWは置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
     ZおよびZは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;シアノ;置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシカルボニル-;置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール;ハロゲン;置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ;または-NRを表し、
     ZおよびZは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;または置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシを表すか、ZおよびZが隣接している場合一緒になって置換されていてもよい5~8員の飽和もしくは不飽和の複素環または飽和もしくは不飽和の炭素環を形成していてもよく、
     R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルまたは置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環を表し、
     R、R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルを表し、
     R-R、X-Y、R-R、R-X、R-X、R-X、R-R、R-R、R-WまたはR-Wの各組は、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよく(形成される含窒素飽和複素環の数は、式(A)および式(B)において、それぞれ独立して0~2個である)、ここにおいて、Xが-X-であり、R-Xの組のそれぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、Xは置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレン、または、Xがn-プロピレン(但し、環を形成する位置はn-プロピレンの1位または3位の炭素原子である)である]
    で表される化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    Formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [Wherein, A 1 and A 2 represent the following formula (A) or (B),
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    When A 1 is Formula (A), A 2 represents formula (B),
    When A 1 is Formula (B), A 2 represents formula (A),
    X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 -, - X 1 -CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 - X 2- , -X 1 -NR 5 -X 2 -or -X 1 -O-X 2-
    X 1 represents an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkylene, and when X is —X 1 —, X 1 is an unsubstituted C 2-3 alkylene or an optionally substituted C 4 -8 alkylene, and X is -X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2- , -X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 -X 2- , -X 1 -NR 5 -X 2 -or -X 1 -O- When X 2 —, X 1 is an optionally substituted C 2-8 alkylene;
    X 2 represents an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkylene, wherein X represents —X 1 —CONR 5 —X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 6 CONR 5 —X 2 —, —X When 1 —NR 5 —X 2 — or —X 1 —O—X 2 —, X 2 is an optionally substituted C 2-8 alkylene;
    Y represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl or an optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl,
    Het represents a 5-6 membered nitrogen-containing heteroarylene,
    W represents —W 1 —, —NR 7 —W 1 —, —NR 7 CO—W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 — or —O—W 1 —,
    Here, when W is bonded to a nitrogen atom on the Het ring, W represents —W 1 — or —CONR 7 —W 1 —,
    W 1 represents an optionally substituted C 1-8 alkylene, and when W is —NR 7 —W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 — or —O—W 1 —, W 1 is Optionally substituted C 2-8 alkylene,
    Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom; an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl; an optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl; a cyano; an optionally substituted C 1 Represents -5 alkoxycarbonyl-; optionally substituted heteroaryl; halogen; optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy; or —NR 8 R 9 ,
    Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl; a halogen; or an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkoxy, or Z 3 and Z 4 May form a 5- to 8-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring or saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic ring which may be substituted together when they are adjacent to each other,
    R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl, an optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl or a substituted Represents a 4-10 membered saturated heterocycle,
    R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted C 1-10 alkyl;
    R 1 -R 2 , X 1 -Y, R 1 -R 5 , R 5 -X 2 , R 1 -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 3 -R 4 , R 3 -R 7 , R 3- Each group of W 1 or R 7 -W 1 is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is a ring (The number of nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles formed is the same as that in formula (A) and formula (B), respectively). Independently, 0 to 2), wherein X is —X 1 —, and the carbon atoms of each group of the group of R 1 —X 1 may be bonded to each other to be substituted; when forming a nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycle 10-membered, X 1 is optionally C 4-8 alkylene optionally substituted, or, X 1 is n- propylene (However, the position of forming the rings are carbon atoms at position 1 or 3 of the n- propylene) is'
    Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  2.  置換されていてもよいアルキル、置換されていてもよいアルコキシおよび置換されていてもよいアルコキシカルボニル-のそれぞれの基のアルキル部分が、
     (1)ハロゲン原子、
     (2)水酸基、
     (3)シアノ、
     (4)カルボキシル、
     (5)置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル、
     (6)置換されていてもよいアリール、
     (7)置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール、
     (8)C1-5アルコキシまたはフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
     (9)置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルコキシ、
     (10)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、
     (11)-NR1011
     (12)-CONR1011
     (13)置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環、および
     (14)置換されていてもよいC1-5アルキルカルボニル-
    からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよく、
     置換されていてもよいアルキレンが、前記(1)~(14)、および
     (15)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル
    からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよく
    (ここにおいて、前記(6)および(7)に示す基は、
     (a)水酸基、
     (b)ハロゲン、
     (c)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、
     (d)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
     (e)シアノ、
     (f)カルボキシル、
     (g)-NR1011
     (h)-CONR1011
     (i)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、および
     (j)C1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基を意味し、
    (5)、(9)、(13)および(14)に示す基は、前記
     (a)水酸基、
     (b)ハロゲン、
     (c)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル、
     (d)1~5個のフッ素原子または水酸基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ、
     (h)-CONR1011
     (i)C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-、および
     (j)C1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基を意味する);
     置換されていてもよいシクロアルキル(飽和炭素環)および置換されていてもよい飽和複素環が、前記(a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(h)、(i)および(j)からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基であり;
     置換されていてもよいアリール(不飽和炭素環)および置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール(不飽和複素環)が、前記(a)~(j)からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~5個の置換基で置換されていてもよい基であり;
     R10およびR11が、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または1~5個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルであるか、あるいは、R10とR11は一緒になって4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成していてもよい、
    請求項1に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    The alkyl part of each group of optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy and optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl-
    (1) a halogen atom,
    (2) hydroxyl group,
    (3) Cyano,
    (4) carboxyl,
    (5) optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkyl,
    (6) aryl which may be substituted,
    (7) optionally substituted heteroaryl,
    (8) C 1-5 alkoxy or fluorine may be substituted with atoms C 1-5 alkoxy,
    (9) optionally substituted C 3-8 cycloalkoxy,
    (10) C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-,
    (11) -NR 10 R 11 ,
    (12) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
    (13) an optionally substituted 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, and (14) an optionally substituted C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-
    May be substituted with the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of
    The optionally substituted alkylene is selected from the group consisting of the above (1) to (14), and (15) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups. It may be substituted with 1 to 5 substituents which are the same or different (wherein the groups shown in the above (6) and (7) are
    (A) a hydroxyl group,
    (B) halogen,
    (C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
    (D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
    (E) cyano,
    (F) carboxyl,
    (G) -NR 10 R 11 ,
    (H) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
    (I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl-. ,
    The groups shown in (5), (9), (13) and (14) are the above (a) hydroxyl group,
    (B) halogen,
    (C) C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
    (D) C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms or hydroxyl groups,
    (H) -CONR 10 R 11 ,
    (I) means a group optionally substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl-, and (j) C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- );
    The optionally substituted cycloalkyl (saturated carbocycle) and the optionally substituted saturated heterocycle are the above (a), (b), (c), (d), (h), (i) and A group which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of (j);
    The optionally substituted aryl (unsaturated carbocycle) and the optionally substituted heteroaryl (unsaturated heterocycle) are the same or different ones selected from the group consisting of the above (a) to (j); A group optionally substituted by 5 substituents;
    R 10 and R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom or C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 5 fluorine atoms, or R 10 and R 11 are taken together. A 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring may be formed,
    The compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  3.  Aが式(A)のとき、Aは式(B)であり、
     Aが式(B)のとき、Aは式(A)であり、
     Xが、-X-、-X-NRCO-X-、-X-CONR-X-、-X-CO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-であり、
     Xが、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンであり、ここにおいて、Xが-X-のとき、Xは無置換のC2-3アルキレン、または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレンであり、Xが-X-NRCO-X-、-X-NRCONR-X-、-X-NR-X-または-X-O-X-のとき、Xは水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
     Xが、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
     Yが、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-3アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-3アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルであり、
     Hetが、窒素原子を含む5~6員のヘテロアリーレンであり、
     Wが、-W-、-NR-W-、-NRCO-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-であり、
     ここにおいて、Hetの環上の窒素原子とWが結合するとき、Wは、-W-または-CONR-W-であり、
     Wが、水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-8アルキレンであり、ここにおいて、Wが-NR-W-、-CONR-W-または-O-W-のときWは水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC2-8アルキレンであり、
     ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ(該基は、C1-5アルコキシおよびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい)および4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;シアノ;1~3個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシカルボニル-;ハロゲンおよびC1-10アルキル(該基は、1~3個のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよい)からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいヘテロアリール;ハロゲン;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシ;または-NRであり、
     ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;または水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシを表すか、ZおよびZが隣接している場合一緒になって置換されていてもよい5~8員の飽和もしくは不飽和の複素環または飽和もしくは不飽和の炭素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよく、
     R、R、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ、C1-5アルキルカルボニル-およびカルバモイルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-10アルキル、C1-5アルコキシカルボニル-およびC1-5アルキルカルボニル-からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環であり、
     R、R、R、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、またはフッ素、水酸基およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルであり、
     R-R、X-Y、R-R、R-X、R-X、R-X、R-R、R-R、R-WまたはR-Wの各組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよく(形成される含窒素飽和複素環の数は、式(A)および式(B)において、それぞれ独立して0~2個である)、ここにおいて、Xが-X-であり、R-Xの組のそれぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、Xは水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC4-8アルキレン、または、n-プロピレン(但し、環を形成する位置はn-プロピレンの1位または3位の炭素原子である)であり、X-Yの組のそれぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環を形成するとき、該含窒素飽和複素環はモルホリンではない、
    請求項1または2に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    When A 1 is formula (A), A 2 is formula (B),
    When A 1 is formula (B), A 2 is formula (A),
    X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 -, - X 1 -CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -NR 6 CONR 5 - X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 5 —X 2 — or —X 1 —O—X 2 —,
    X 1 is C 1-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, wherein X 1 When is —X 1 —, X 1 is unsubstituted C 2-3 alkylene, or substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl. C 4-8 alkylene, and X is —X 1 —NR 5 CO—X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 6 CONR 5 —X 2 —, —X 1 —NR 5 —X 2 —. Or, in the case of —X 1 —O—X 2 —, X 1 may be substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl. C 2-8 alkylene der ,
    X 2 is C 2-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl;
    Y is a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-3 alkoxy; or a hydroxyl group, fluorine C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of an atom and C 1-3 alkoxy;
    Het is a 5-6 membered heteroarylene containing a nitrogen atom,
    W is —W 1 —, —NR 7 —W 1 —, —NR 7 CO—W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 — or —O—W 1 —,
    Here, when W is bonded to a nitrogen atom on the Het ring, W is —W 1 — or —CONR 7 —W 1 —,
    W 1 is C 1-8 alkylene which may be substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl, wherein W 1 Is —NR 7 —W 1 —, —CONR 7 —W 1 —, or —O—W 1 —, W 1 is the same or different from 1 to 5 selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl C 2-8 alkylene optionally substituted with 3 substituents,
    Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is the same or different from 1 to 5 selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) 3 may be substituted with a substituent) and 4-10 membered nitrogen-containing saturated same or different 1 to 3 of which may be substituted with a substituent C 1 is selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic -10 alkyl; C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-5 alkoxy; cyano; 1-3 number of is C 1-5 optionally alkoxycarbonyl-substituted by fluorine atom -; halogen and C 1-10 alkyl (the group may also be substituted with one to three fluorine atoms) consisting of Heteroaryl optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from: halogen; substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom C 1-5 alkoxy; or —NR 8 R 9 ,
    Each of Z 3 and Z 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom; a C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom; halogen Or C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom, or when Z 3 and Z 4 are adjacent to each other 5- to 8-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring or saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic ring which may be substituted together (substituent of the ring may be substituted in each group constituting the ring) The same as a good substituent)
    R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently the same or selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-5 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- and carbamoyl C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 different substituents; C optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom 3-8 cycloalkyl; or 1-3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, fluorine, C 1-10 alkyl, C 1-5 alkoxycarbonyl- and C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- A 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by
    R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, hydroxyl group and C 1-5 alkoxy A C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with
    R 1 -R 2 , X 1 -Y, R 1 -R 5 , R 5 -X 2 , R 1 -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 3 -R 4 , R 3 -R 7 , R 3- Each group of W 1 or R 7 -W 1 is a 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is a ring; (The number of nitrogen-containing saturated heterocycles formed is the same as that in formula (A) and formula (B), respectively). Independently, 0 to 2), wherein X is —X 1 —, and the carbon atoms of each group of the group of R 1 —X 1 may be bonded to each other to be substituted; When forming a 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, X 1 is the same as selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, and C 1-10 alkyl. C 4-8 alkylene which may be substituted with one or three different substituents, or n-propylene (provided that the ring is formed at the 1- or 3-position carbon atom of n-propylene). And when the carbon atom of each group of the X 1 -Y group is bonded to form an optionally substituted 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring, the nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring Is not morpholine,
    The compound according to claim 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  4.  Aが式(A)であり、Aが式(B)である、
    請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    A 1 is the formula (A), and A 2 is the formula (B).
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  5.  ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-5アルコキシ(該基は、C1-5アルコキシおよびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい)および4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-5アルコキシからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキルである、
    請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, a C 1-5 alkoxy (the group is the same or different from 1 to 5 selected from the group consisting of C 1-5 alkoxy and a fluorine atom) 3 may be substituted with a substituent) and 4-10 membered nitrogen-containing saturated same or different 1 to 3 of which may be substituted with a substituent C 1 is selected from the group consisting of heterocyclic -10 alkyl; a C 3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted by the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-5 alkoxy;
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  6.  R、R、RおよびRが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;水酸基、フッ素原子、C1-3アルコキシ、C1-5アルキルカルボニル-およびカルバモイルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC3-8シクロアルキル;または水酸基、フッ素原子およびC1-10アルキルからなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよい4~10員の飽和複素環であり、
     R-RまたはR-Rの各組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~7員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよい、
    請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently the same or selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom, C 1-3 alkoxy, C 1-5 alkylcarbonyl- and carbamoyl; C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 different substituents; C optionally substituted with 1 to 3 identical or different substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom 3-8 cycloalkyl; or a 4- to 10-membered saturated heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with the same or different 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a fluorine atom and C 1-10 alkyl Yes,
    Each group of R 1 -R 2 or R 3 -R 4 is a 4- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group (the substituent of the ring is The same as the substituents which may be substituted in each group constituting the ring),
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  7.  Hetが、ピリジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、ピラジン、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、トリアゾール、チアゾール、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾールまたはイソチアゾールの2価基である、
    請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    Het is a divalent group of pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, pyrazine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, thiazole, oxazole, isoxazole or isothiazole.
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  8.  Yが、水素原子;または水酸基およびフッ素原子からなる群から選択される同一または異なる1~3個の置換基で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキルであり、X-Yが、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して窒素原子をちょうど1個含む置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じであり、また、該環としてモルホリン環を含まない)を形成していてもよい、
    請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    Y is a hydrogen atom; or C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group and a fluorine atom, and X 1 -Y is each A 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted and contain exactly one nitrogen atom (the substituent of the ring is substituted in each group constituting the ring) The same as the substituents that may be present, and the ring may not include a morpholine ring),
    The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  Wが、-W-、-NR-W-または-O-W-であり、R-R、R-WまたはR-Wのいずれか1組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよい、
    請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    W is —W 1 —, —NR 7 —W 1 — or —O—W 1 —, and any one of R 3 —R 7 , R 3 —W 1 or R 7 —W 1 is A 4- to 10-membered nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring which may be substituted by bonding a carbon atom of the group (the substituent of the ring is an optionally substituted substituent in each group constituting the ring) May be the same),
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  10.  Xが、-X-、-X-NRCO-X-、-X-CONR-X-または-X-O-X-であり、X-Y、R-X、R-X、R-RまたはR-Xのいずれか1組が、それぞれの基の炭素原子が結合して、置換されていてもよい4~10員の含窒素飽和複素環(該環の置換基は、環を構成する各基における置換されていてもよい置換基と同じである)を形成していてもよい、
    請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    X is, -X 1 -, - X 1 -NR 5 CO-X 2 -, - X 1 -CONR 5 -X 2 - or -X 1 -O-X 2 - is and, X 1 -Y, R 1 Any one of -X 1 , R 1 -X 2 , R 1 -R 5 or R 5 -X 2 may be a 4- to 10-membered group that may be substituted by bonding of the carbon atom of each group A nitrogen-containing saturated heterocyclic ring (the substituent of the ring is the same as the substituent which may be substituted in each group constituting the ring),
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  11.  Xが、C1-4アルキレンであり、Xが、C2-4アルキレンである、
    項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    X 1 is C 1-4 alkylene, and X 2 is C 2-4 alkylene.
    Item 11. The compound according to any one of Items 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  12.  ZおよびZが、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;フッ素で置換されていてもよいC1-10アルキル;ハロゲン;またはフッ素で置換されていてもよいC1-5アルコキシである、
    請求項1~11のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    Z 3 and Z 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom; C 1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with fluorine; halogen; or C 1-5 alkoxy optionally substituted with fluorine.
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  13.  Hetが、ピリジンまたはチアゾールの2価基である、
    請求項1~12のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩。
    Het is a divalent group of pyridine or thiazole,
    The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  14.  請求項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩を含有する医薬組成物。 A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  15.  請求項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の化合物またはその製薬学的に許容される塩を有効成分とするトール様受容体が関連する疾患の治療剤および/または予防剤。 A therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent for a disease associated with a toll-like receptor comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 13 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
  16.  トール様受容体が関連する疾患がセプシス、自己免疫疾患または神経変性疾患である請求項15に記載の治療剤および/または予防剤。 The therapeutic and / or prophylactic agent according to claim 15, wherein the disease associated with a toll-like receptor is sepsis, autoimmune disease or neurodegenerative disease.
PCT/JP2011/060214 2010-04-27 2011-04-27 Novel heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative WO2011136247A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010-102006 2010-04-27
JP2010102006A JP2013147428A (en) 2010-04-27 2010-04-27 Novel 2-heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011136247A1 true WO2011136247A1 (en) 2011-11-03

Family

ID=44861545

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/060214 WO2011136247A1 (en) 2010-04-27 2011-04-27 Novel heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2013147428A (en)
WO (1) WO2011136247A1 (en)

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102898449A (en) * 2012-09-21 2013-01-30 同济大学 Method for synthesizing Crizotinib intermediate
US8962652B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2015-02-24 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections
US11066404B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2021-07-20 Incyte Corporation Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11384083B2 (en) 2019-02-15 2022-07-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted spiro[cyclopropane-1,5′-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′(7′h)-ones as CDK2 inhibitors
US11427567B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2022-08-30 Incyte Corporation Imidazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11440914B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-13 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11447494B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-20 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11472791B2 (en) 2019-03-05 2022-10-18 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11851426B2 (en) 2019-10-11 2023-12-26 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors
US11919904B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Sulfonylamide compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11976073B2 (en) 2022-12-09 2024-05-07 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004520402A (en) * 2001-02-09 2004-07-08 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Heterocyclic inhibitors of ERK2 and uses thereof
JP2006522768A (en) * 2003-04-11 2006-10-05 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Aminopyrimidine derivatives and their medical use
JP2006522813A (en) * 2003-04-09 2006-10-05 エクセリクシス, インク. TIE-2 modulator and usage
JP2007524615A (en) * 2003-06-20 2007-08-30 コーリー ファーマシューティカル ゲーエムベーハー Low molecular weight Toll-like receptor (TLR) antagonist
JP2007537293A (en) * 2004-05-14 2007-12-20 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Prodrug of pyrrolylpyrimidine ERK protein kinase inhibitor
JP2008524248A (en) * 2004-12-17 2008-07-10 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
WO2008116139A2 (en) * 2007-03-22 2008-09-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated N-heterocyclic compounds useful as inhibitors of janus kinases
WO2009067081A1 (en) * 2007-11-22 2009-05-28 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of asthma, copd, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, atopic dermatitis, cancer, hepatitis b, hepatitis c, hiv, hpv, bacterial infections and dermatosis

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004520402A (en) * 2001-02-09 2004-07-08 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Heterocyclic inhibitors of ERK2 and uses thereof
JP2006522813A (en) * 2003-04-09 2006-10-05 エクセリクシス, インク. TIE-2 modulator and usage
JP2006522768A (en) * 2003-04-11 2006-10-05 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Aminopyrimidine derivatives and their medical use
JP2007524615A (en) * 2003-06-20 2007-08-30 コーリー ファーマシューティカル ゲーエムベーハー Low molecular weight Toll-like receptor (TLR) antagonist
JP2007537293A (en) * 2004-05-14 2007-12-20 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Prodrug of pyrrolylpyrimidine ERK protein kinase inhibitor
JP2008524248A (en) * 2004-12-17 2008-07-10 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
WO2008116139A2 (en) * 2007-03-22 2008-09-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated N-heterocyclic compounds useful as inhibitors of janus kinases
WO2009067081A1 (en) * 2007-11-22 2009-05-28 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of asthma, copd, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, atopic dermatitis, cancer, hepatitis b, hepatitis c, hiv, hpv, bacterial infections and dermatosis

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8962652B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2015-02-24 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections
US9161934B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2015-10-20 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections
CN102898449A (en) * 2012-09-21 2013-01-30 同济大学 Method for synthesizing Crizotinib intermediate
US11066404B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2021-07-20 Incyte Corporation Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11866432B2 (en) 2018-10-11 2024-01-09 Incyte Corporation Dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinone compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11384083B2 (en) 2019-02-15 2022-07-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted spiro[cyclopropane-1,5′-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin]-6′(7′h)-ones as CDK2 inhibitors
US11472791B2 (en) 2019-03-05 2022-10-18 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11919904B2 (en) 2019-03-29 2024-03-05 Incyte Corporation Sulfonylamide compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11440914B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-13 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11447494B2 (en) 2019-05-01 2022-09-20 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic amine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11427567B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2022-08-30 Incyte Corporation Imidazolyl pyrimidinylamine compounds as CDK2 inhibitors
US11851426B2 (en) 2019-10-11 2023-12-26 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors
US11976073B2 (en) 2022-12-09 2024-05-07 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic amines as CDK2 inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2013147428A (en) 2013-08-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2011136247A1 (en) Novel heteroaryl monocyclic pyrimidine derivative
JP6267806B2 (en) 2,4-disubstituted benzene-1,5-diamine derivatives and uses thereof and pharmaceutical and medicinal compositions prepared therefrom
JP2013032290A (en) Novel fused pyrimidine derivative
KR102022866B1 (en) Indazole compounds as fgfr kinase inhibitor, preparation and use thereof
JP5489235B2 (en) N-containing heterocyclic compound
JP2013107824A (en) Novel monocyclic pyrimidine derivative
RU2642777C2 (en) 2-aminopyrasine derivatives as csf-1r kinase inhibitors
JP2013166700A (en) Novel 4, 5-fused pyrimidine derivative
JPWO2010058846A1 (en) 4,6-diaminonicotinamide compound
TW200417546A (en) New compounds
JP2016526545A (en) Sulfoximine substituted quinazolines and their use as MNK1 and / or MNK2 kinase inhibitors
WO2022135590A1 (en) Pyrimido-heterocyclic compounds, and preparation method therefor and use thereof
CN112638910A (en) Novel heterocyclic amine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
JP2022515309A (en) Substituted aryl compounds, their production methods and uses
KR20210022646A (en) Cyanotriazole compounds and uses thereof
TW201141840A (en) Aminoalkylpyrimidine derivatives as histamine H4 receptor antagonists
CN111909133B (en) Substituted 1-amino-1H-imidazole-5-carboxamides as inhibitors of brunauer tyrosine kinase
KR20190066072A (en) Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds which are PI3K inhibitors and their uses
EP4017593A1 (en) Bicyclic agonists of stimulator of interferon genes sting
CN114605390A (en) Compound with CDK kinase inhibitory activity, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
CN113166109A (en) Aminopyridine compound and preparation method and application thereof
US20200079773A1 (en) Carboxylic acid derivatives of pyridoquinazolines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2019141096A1 (en) Substituted urea compound and preparation method and use thereof
CN112209933B (en) BTK inhibitors containing 4-azacycloheptane
CN115960117B (en) Sulfur-containing fused ring derivative inhibitor, preparation method and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11775028

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11775028

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP